Introduction
Let Δ ⊂ C \Delta\subset\mathbb{C} Δ ⊂ C be a disc centred at the origin and containing the point 1 1 1 . Kontsevich and Szabó consider regular-singular connections on the punctured disc with a prescribed holomorphic lattice across the singular point, an order-two pole bound in that lattice, and an ordered basis at 1 1 1 whose full flag is monodromy-invariant [19 §§1–3] . Their principal theorem identifies each connected component of the resulting coarse moduli space with an affine space when the prescribed diagonal monodromy eigenvalues are pairwise distinct and different from 1 1 1 [19 Theorem 1.1 and Theorem 4.1] .
The underlying regular-singular connection belongs to the classical Levelt–Deligne theory [20 , 9 , 8 , 26 ] ; the prescribed lattice, however, is additional structure and need not be a Deligne or Levelt lattice. Closely related enriched Riemann–Hilbert problems retain parabolic or parahoric data [5 , 13 , 14 ] , while quotient-stack descriptions of logarithmic connections arise in the Lie-groupoid formalism of Bischoff [2 , 3 ] . The moduli problem considered here is more rigid: the full ordered frame is retained, and morphisms are required to act on the connection and on that frame simultaneously. This rigidification is the source of the spectrum-independent triangularity proved below. As usual, we use the horizontal convention
d Y + A ( z ) Y d z = 0 , dY + A(z)Y\,dz = 0, d Y + A ( z ) Y d z = 0 ,
so that a scalar residue μ \mu μ has monodromy e − 2 π i μ e^{-2\pi i\mu} e − 2 π i μ . Put
Log − ( c ) : = { μ ∈ C ∣ e − 2 π i μ = c } . \operatorname{Log}_{-}(c) := \{\mu\in\mathbb{C} \mid e^{-2\pi i\mu}=c\}. Log − ( c ) := { μ ∈ C ∣ e − 2 π i μ = c } .
For a groupoid G \mathcal{G} G , the notation ∣ G ∣ |\mathcal{G}| ∣ G ∣ denotes its set of complex isomorphism classes. For a set X X X , write X d i s c X_{\mathrm{disc}} X disc for the discrete groupoid with object set X X X .
Our first theorem removes both spectral restrictions and upgrades the orbit classification to an equivalence of groupoids.
Theorem 1.1. Let r ≥ 2 r \ge2 r ≥ 2 and let c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r \mathbf{c}=(c_1,\ldots,c_r)\in(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^r c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r be arbitrary. There is a canonical functor
res Δ : N S Q C f r ⟶ ( ∏ i = 1 r Log − ( c i ) ) d i s c , \operatorname{res}_{\Delta}\colon\mathrm{NSQ}_{\mathbb{C}}^{\mathrm{fr}}\longrightarrow\left(\prod_{i=1}^{r}\operatorname{Log}_{-}(c_i)\right)_{\mathrm{disc}}, res Δ : NSQ C fr ⟶ ( i = 1 ∏ r Log − ( c i ) ) disc , which is essentially surjective. For every ordered residue vector μ = ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) \boldsymbol{\mu}=(\mu_1,\ldots,\mu_r)\in\prod_i\operatorname{Log}_{-}(c_i) μ = ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) , the fibre groupoid res Δ − 1 ( μ ) \operatorname{res}_{\Delta}^{-1}(\boldsymbol{\mu}) res Δ − 1 ( μ ) is equivalent to the discrete groupoid associated with
n ⊕ n ≅ A C r ( r − 1 ) . \mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n}\cong\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^{r(r-1)}. n ⊕ n ≅ A C r ( r − 1 ) .
Every object of the fibre is isomorphic to a unique connection
∇ α , β = d + [ M μ z + ∑ 1 ≤ j < i ≤ r ( α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i ( z ) ) E j i ] d z , (1) \nabla_{\alpha,\beta}=d+\left[\frac{M_\mu}{z}+\sum_{1\le j<i\le r}\left(\alpha_{ji}z^{-2}+\beta_{ji}\rho_{\lambda_{ji}}(z)\right)E_{ji}\right]dz, \tag*{(1)} ∇ α , β = d + [ z M μ + 1 ≤ j < i ≤ r ∑ ( α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i ( z ) ) E j i ] d z , (1)
where M μ = diag ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) M_\mu=\operatorname{diag}(\mu_1,\ldots,\mu_r) M μ = diag ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) , and λ j i = μ i − μ j \lambda_{ji}=\mu_i-\mu_j λ j i = μ i − μ j , and
ρ λ ( z ) = { z λ − 1 , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , z − 1 , λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 . \rho_\lambda(z)=
\begin{cases}
z^{\lambda-1}, & \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\ge0},\\
z^{-1}, & \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\ge0}.
\end{cases} ρ λ ( z ) = { z λ − 1 , z − 1 , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 .
The coordinates ( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) are complete invariants, and every fully framed automorphism is the identity. Equivalently, there is a decomposition of groupoids
N S Q C c f r ≅ ∐ μ ∈ ∏ i L o g − ( c i ) ( A C r ( r − 1 ) ) d i s c . \mathrm{NSQC}^{\mathrm{fr}}_c\cong\coprod_{\mu\in\prod_i\mathrm{Log}_-(c_i)}\left(\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^{r(r-1)}\right)_{\mathrm{disc}}. NSQC c fr ≅ μ ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) ∐ ( A C r ( r − 1 ) ) disc .
In particular, repeated monodromy eigenvalues and the eigenvalue 1 1 1 do not change either the affine type or the groupoid structure of an ordered residue stratum.
The proof is given in § 4 and § 5 . The residue functor is constructed in Proposition 4.4 ; framed Borel rigidity and diagonal reduction identify each fibre with a unipotent action groupoid; and Theorem 5.9 provides the unique affine slice and proves that the stabilisers are trivial.
There are two independent steps. First, the monodromy-invariant flag is extended to meromorphic flat subbundles; these are then intersected with the prescribed lattice and saturated. This produces an upper triangular holomorphic frame without any hypothesis on the eigenvalues. Second, if two such representatives are related by a holomorphic gauge g g g satisfying g ( 1 ) = I r g(1)=I_r g ( 1 ) = I r , then the image of g g g in g l r / b \mathfrak{gl}_r/\mathfrak{b} gl r / b satisfies a homogeneous linear initial-value problem with zero initial value. Hence g g g is Borel-valued. The rootwise scalar quotient and the height filtration of the unipotent radical, whose generic-spectrum form originates in [19 §4] , then apply to every residue spectrum.
The theorem classifies the entire complex fibre groupoid, not merely its set of orbits. It does not, however, assert representability of the unsliced relative functor over arbitrary bases. A relative affine quotient is proved in § 9 after a triangular reduction and a locally constant residue vector have been supplied. This distinction accords with the general theory of regular-singular connections with parameters, in which the existence of logarithmic models and their behaviour under base change require separate hypotheses [11 , 10 , 28 ] .
We take the first step beyond the fixed-stratum theorem by constructing the elementary wall charts.
Theorem 1.2. Let λ \lambda λ be the ordered residue difference of a rank-two normal slice, and orient the elementary modification by the family whose adapted holomorphic frame is the matrix H t H_t H t of (28) . If λ ∈ Z ≥ 1 \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\ge1} λ ∈ Z ≥ 1 , no meromorphic arc in the distinguished normal slice crosses this oriented wall. If λ ∉ Z ≥ 1 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\ge1} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 1 , every crossing arc is uniquely of the form
α = λ + 1 t + a , β = − λ t + b , a , b ∈ O S , \alpha=\frac{\lambda+1}{t}+a,\qquad\beta=-\frac{\lambda}{t}+b,\qquad a,b\in\mathcal{O}_S, α = t λ + 1 + a , β = − t λ + b , a , b ∈ O S , and its special-fibre normal coordinates are given by the scalar projection ( 0 , σ λ + 2 ( a ( 0 ) , b ( 0 ) ) ) (0,\sigma_{\lambda+2}(a(0),b(0))) ( 0 , σ λ + 2 ( a ( 0 ) , b ( 0 ))) . In the minimal rank-three configurations, both simple-root walls admit polynomially affine normal coordinates. The natural rootwise coordinates acquire triangular adjacent-to-composite corrections, and the two orders of adjacent elementary modifications differ by the central factor
I 3 + s t z − 2 E 31 . I_3+stz^{-2}E_{31}. I 3 + s t z − 2 E 31 . Over C [ ε ] / ( ε 2 ) \mathbb{C}[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2) C [ ε ] / ( ε 2 ) the relative saturation acquires an additional generator of length one supported at the pole.
The theorem is proved in § 10 . A positive integral resonance barrier appears already in rank two, and the rank-three mixing can be absorbed into polynomial triangular coordinates along a single wall. The first order-dependent compatibility datum occurs when two adjacent walls meet.
The low-rank calculations extend to the full connection problem in arbitrary rank.
Theorem 1.3. Fix a simple wall supported in positions i , i + 1 i,i+1 i , i + 1 , an ordered residue vector μ \mu μ , and put N = r ( r − 1 ) N=r(r-1) N = r ( r − 1 ) and λ i = μ i + 1 − μ i \lambda_i=\mu_{i+1}-\mu_i λ i = μ i + 1 − μ i . If λ i ∈ Z ≥ 1 \lambda_i\in\mathbb{Z}_{\ge1} λ i ∈ Z ≥ 1 , the distinguished normal slice has no arc crossing that oriented wall. Otherwise, over the disc S = ( Δ , t ) S=(\Delta,t) S = ( Δ , t ) , the extending primitive normal-form arcs form an affine torsor under the vector group associated with a free O S \mathcal{O}_S O S -module L i , μ \mathcal{L}_{i,\mu} L i , μ of rank N N N . Subtraction of the distinguished minimal crossing identifies this torsor with the relative linear analytic space associated with L i , μ \mathcal{L}_{i,\mu} L i , μ , which is non-canonically isomorphic to S × A C N S\times\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N S × A C N .
The module L i , μ \mathcal{L}_{i,\mu} L i , μ decomposes into the active rank-two direction, a rank-four lateral lattice for each index incident with the active pair, and the unaffected root directions. Its special fibre carries a polynomial specialisation map
sp i , μ : V ( L i , μ ) 0 ⟶ S μ − e i + e i + 1 , \operatorname{sp}_{i,\mu}: \mathop{\mathrm{V}}(\mathcal{L}_{i,\mu})_{0} \longrightarrow S_{\mu-e_i+e_{i+1}}, sp i , μ : V ( L i , μ ) 0 ⟶ S μ − e i + e i + 1 ,
which is triangular with respect to root height. Each root coordinate of height h h h has total degree at most h h h , and its linear term is the scalar normal-form projection of the transported special coefficient. The construction represents the wall-extension functor and commutes with every flat local analytic base change.
This theorem is proved in Theorem 10.8. It extends the rank-two and rank-three calculations to a relative representability statement for every simple wall and every rank. The lattice-theoretic structure in arbitrary rank is independent of the normal-form calculation.
Theorem 1.4. Put
D r = diag ( 1 , z , … , z r − 1 ) D_r=\operatorname{diag}(1,z,\ldots,z^{r-1}) D r = diag ( 1 , z , … , z r − 1 ) and let U r − U_r^{-} U r − be the lower unitriangular group. Conjugation by D r D_r D r identifies U r − U_r^{-} U r − with the finite-dimensional subgroup
U r w a l l = D r − 1 U r − D r = { I r + ∑ j > i u j i z − ( j − i ) E j i } ⊂ G L r ( C ( ( z ) ) ) . U_r^{\mathrm{wall}}=D_r^{-1}U_r^{-}D_r=\left\{I_r+\sum_{j>i}u_{ji}z^{-(j-i)}E_{ji}\right\}\subset GL_r(\mathbb{C}((z))). U r wall = D r − 1 U r − D r = { I r + j > i ∑ u j i z − ( j − i ) E j i } ⊂ G L r ( C (( z ))) . For X j i ( a ) = I r + a z − ( j − i ) E j i X_{ji}(a)=I_r+az^{-(j-i)}E_{ji} X j i ( a ) = I r + a z − ( j − i ) E j i (j > i j>i j > i ), the elementary compatibility relations are
X k j ( b ) X j i ( a ) = X k i ( a b ) X j i ( a ) X k j ( b ) ( k > j > i ) , X_{kj}(b)X_{ji}(a)=X_{ki}(ab)X_{ji}(a)X_{kj}(b)\qquad(k>j>i), X k j ( b ) X j i ( a ) = X k i ( ab ) X j i ( a ) X k j ( b ) ( k > j > i ) , while two root subgroups commute whenever neither ordered product of their matrix units is non-zero. In particular, the pairwise compatibility relations between elementary wall matrices in arbitrary rank are determined within rank-two and rank-three Levi blocks. In rank two, the meromorphic matrix
G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 G(t)=I_2+tz^{-1}E_{21} G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 defines the opposite root-subgroup chart of the minimal affine Schubert curve in the affine flag variety of the rank-two Levi. For t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 , its projection to the affine Grassmannian has elementary divisors z − 1 z^{-1} z − 1 and z z z , whereas G ( 0 ) G(0) G ( 0 ) is the base point. By contrast, the matrix H t H_t H t used to pass to a holomorphic adapted frame belongs to G L 2 ( C [ [ z ] ] ) GL_2(\mathbb{C[[z]]}) G L 2 ( C [[ z ]] ) for t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 and does not itself change the position in the affine Grassmannian.
The theorem is proved in Theorem 10.11 and Proposition 10.13. It relates the rank-three cocycle to the standard type-A commutator relation for root subgroups and identifies the matrix that records the lattice position.
Loop-group and affine flag geometry behind the wall charts
Affine flag varieties and their Schubert varieties provide the standard local models for relative positions of lattices and lattice chains [24 ] . Put
K = C ( ( z ) ) , O = C [ [ z ] ] , K=\mathbb{C}((z)),\qquad O=\mathbb{C[[z]]}, K = C (( z )) , O = C [[ z ]] ,
and write
Gr r = G L r ( K ) / G L r ( O ) , Fl r = G L r ( K ) / I , \operatorname{Gr}_r=GL_r(K)/GL_r(O),\qquad\operatorname{Fl}_r=GL_r(K)/I, Gr r = G L r ( K ) / G L r ( O ) , Fl r = G L r ( K ) / I ,
where I ⊂ G L r ( O ) I\subset GL_r(O) I ⊂ G L r ( O ) is the Iwahori subgroup obtained as the inverse image of the standard Borel under reduction modulo z z z . The affine Grassmannian records an O O O -lattice in K r K^r K r , while the affine flag variety records a periodic lattice chain, equivalently a lattice endowed with Iwahori-level structure. The projection
q : Fl r ⟶ Gr r q:\operatorname{Fl}_r\longrightarrow\operatorname{Gr}_r q : Fl r ⟶ Gr r
forgets the flag.
Three pieces of data must be distinguished in the wall calculation. The prescribed lattice E \mathcal{E} E is fixed. The meromorphic horizontal frame determines a comparison lattice; in rank two, its relative position is represented by G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 G(t)=I_2+tz^{-1}E_{21} G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 . The holomorphic matrix H t H_t H t of (10.8), on the other hand, is an adapted basis of the fixed lattice on the punctured parameter space; since H t ∈ G L 2 ( O ) H_t\in GL_2(O) H t ∈ G L 2 ( O ) , it represents the base point of the affine Grassmannian. Conflating these two matrices would lead to an incorrect affine flag interpretation.
The result is Theorem 1.4 . In the rank-two Levi, G ( t ) G(t) G ( t ) is the opposite chart of a minimal affine Schubert curve. In higher rank the matrices occurring in the wall atlas form the conjugated finite unipotent group U r w a l l U_r^{\mathrm{wall}} U r wall , so the A 1 A_1 A 1 , A 1 × A 1 A_1\times A_1 A 1 × A 1 and A 2 A_2 A 2 terminology refers to the corresponding Levi root systems and their Chevalley relations. It does not, by itself, identify every embedded wall with a codimension-one Schubert stratum of the full affine flag variety.
The connection carries information not encoded by the lattice position alone. The positive integral resonance barrier of Theorem 10.3 determines which root-subgroup arcs lift to the distinguished normal slice; the scalar projections determine the limiting connection coordinate; and the square-zero calculation detects infinitesimal saturation data invisible on the reduced affine flag variety. A global position morphism would, moreover, require a compatible logarithmic or comparison lattice, which is not part of the original unsliced functor. Constructing the appropriate enhanced local-model stack and proving that its charts descend when the auxiliary comparison data are changed remain open.
Although the affine orbit type is independent of the spectrum, the monodromy map still depends on the residue stratum. In rank two we compute the monodromy and the re-framing action in all integral resonance regimes. In arbitrary rank we construct flat isomonodromic families whose punctured meromorphic connections are all meromorphically isomorphic to a fixed connection while the prescribed lattice varies. If F : S → a F:S\to\mathfrak{a} F : S → a is holomorphic, where a \mathfrak{a} a is a commutative algebra of nilpotent endomorphisms stable under ad R \operatorname{ad}_{R} ad R , then
∇ R , F = d + d S F u + R u d u + [ R , F ] − F u 2 d u (2) \nabla_{R,F}=d+\frac{d_{S}F}{u}+\frac{R}{u}du+\frac{[R,F]-F}{u^{2}}du \tag*{(2)} ∇ R , F = d + u d S F + u R d u + u 2 [ R , F ] − F d u (2)
is flat and satisfies the pole conditions of an F F F -bundle. Its fibrewise meromorphic gauge class is constant, as is its monodromy, whereas its order-two coefficient in the prescribed lattice is ( ad R − I ) F (\operatorname{ad}_{R}-I)F ( ad R − I ) F . Although this family belongs to the classical theory of isomonodromic deformation [22 , 26 ] , the datum retained here is different: the local system is fixed, whereas its extension across the pole varies.
The global theory is most naturally expressed in the notation of Katzarkov–Kontsevich–Pantev–Yu [17 §§3–5] . If ( H , ∇ ) / B (\mathcal{H},\nabla)/B ( H , ∇ ) / B is an F F F -bundle, its residual endomorphism is
κ ∇ : = ∇ u 2 ∂ u ∣ H / u H . \kappa_{\nabla}:=\left.\nabla_{u^{2}\partial_{u}}\right|_{\mathcal{H}/u\mathcal{H}}. κ ∇ := ∇ u 2 ∂ u ∣ H / u H .
In the formal and non-Archimedean categories, the spectral decomposition theorem of Hinault–Yu–Zhang–Zhang decomposes a maximal F F F -bundle near a rigid point according to the generalised eigenspaces of κ ∇ \kappa_{\nabla} κ ∇ [12 Theorems 3.31 and 3.41] . The connected components of the unramified reduced spectral cover give the local atoms of [17 §5] .
For a rank-n n n one-branch factor, the branch is scheme-theoretically intrinsic: its characteristic polynomial is ( T + a ) n (T+a)^{n} ( T + a ) n , and necessarily a = − n − 1 tr ( κ ∇ ) a=-n^{-1}\operatorname{tr}(\kappa_{\nabla}) a = − n − 1 tr ( κ ∇ ) . We prove that subtracting the total scalar form d ( a / u ) d(a/u) d ( a / u ) gives an equivalence of stacks between one-branch F F F -bundles and pairs consisting of a branch function and a zero-branch F F F -bundle. The equivalence is compatible with pullback, external products and duals. In the complex analytic setting it also preserves the pairings and duality automorphisms used in the enhanced theory of atoms [17 §6.4] . Thus every geometric atomic F F F -bundle has a branch-residual presentation
( A , ∇ ) ⟷ ( a , A , ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) . (\mathcal{A},\nabla)\longleftrightarrow(a,\mathcal{A},\nabla-d(a/u)I). ( A , ∇ ) ⟷ ( a , A , ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) .
The branch is retained as part of the residual atom; the zero-branch factor determines a classifying morphism to the unframed residual stack.
Let RAtoms G K \operatorname{RAtoms}_{G}^{K} RAtoms G K be the set of residual G G G -atoms over a characteristic-zero field K K K , defined by transporting the equivalence relation on geometric G G G -atomic F F F -bundles through this branch-residual splitting. For a smooth projective variety X X X , the residual chemical formula
CF G r e s ( X ) ∈ N ( RAtoms G K ) \operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X)\in\mathbb{N}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}_{G}^{K})} CF G res ( X ) ∈ N ( RAtoms G K )
is the finite multiset of its residual atoms with their spectral multiplicities. Its group completion lies in
Z ( RAtoms G K ) . \mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}_{G}^{K})}. Z ( RAtoms G K ) .
Theorem 1.5. The branch is recovered intrinsically from the residual endomorphism, and the branch-residual splitting is an equivalence of stacks, functorial under arbitrary base change and symmetric monoidal with respect to addition of scalar branches. It induces a bijection between geometric G G G -atomic F F F -bundles and residual G G G -atoms, preserves the full horizontal F F F -bundle structure and the enhanced structures retained by the atomic theory, and makes CF G r e s ( X ) \operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X) CF G res ( X ) independent of all auxiliary choices. Moreover,
CF G r e s ( X 1 ⊔ X 2 ) = CF G r e s ( X 1 ) + CF G r e s ( X 2 ) , \operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X_{1}\sqcup X_{2})=\operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X_{1})+\operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X_{2}), CF G res ( X 1 ⊔ X 2 ) = CF G res ( X 1 ) + CF G res ( X 2 ) , CF G r e s ( Bl Z X ) = CF G r e s ( X ) + ( c − 1 ) CF G r e s ( Z ) , \operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(\operatorname{Bl}_{Z}X)=\operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X)+(c-1)\operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(Z), CF G res ( Bl Z X ) = CF G res ( X ) + ( c − 1 ) CF G res ( Z ) , CF G r e s ( P X ( V ) ) = m CF G r e s ( X ) , \operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(\mathbb{P}_{X}(V))=m\operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X), CF G res ( P X ( V )) = m CF G res ( X ) , where Z ⊂ X Z\subset X Z ⊂ X is smooth of codimension c c c and V V V has rank m m m . The ring structure on geometric atomic F F F -bundle formulae therefore transports to Z ( RAtoms G K ) \mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}_{G}^{K})} Z ( RAtoms G K ) , and the residual chemical formula defines a ring homomorphism
cf G r e s : K 0 ( Var K ) ⟶ Z ( RAtoms G K ) . \operatorname{cf}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}:K_{0}(\operatorname{Var}_{K})\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}_{G}^{K})}. cf G res : K 0 ( Var K ) ⟶ Z ( RAtoms G K ) .
Proof. Intrinsic branch extraction and the branch-residual equivalence are proved in Lemma 11.4 and Theorem 11.5 ; compatibility with enhanced structures is established in Proposition 11.6 , and compatibility with atomic correspondences in Proposition 11.8 . The independence and the three displayed identities are established in Theorem 11.10 ; the ring statement follows in Corollary 11.11 . □
The branch-residual presentation determines several further structures on a residual family. On the zero-branch factor, the nilpotent endomorphism κ r e s \kappa^{\mathrm{res}} κ res defines a morphism to the nilpotent quotient stack and hence a functorial determinantal Jordan stratification. We show that every atom arising in dimension at most two admits a representative whose cube-zero locus is non-empty. Hence a fourfold atom cannot arise from a surface if every representative in its residual atomic class has empty cube-zero locus; combined with the KKPYY criterion, this yields a conditional obstruction to rationality. For a projective K3 surface, the ordinary genus-zero quantum product is classical, and the standard maximal A-model residual representative is square-zero and has rank at most one throughout the Hodge base.
A second application concerns the universal unit direction of the A-model. If t 0 t^0 t 0 denotes the coordinate of the cohomological unit, then the quantum connection differs from the pullback of its restriction to t 0 = 0 t^0=0 t 0 = 0 by the scalar form d ( t 0 / u ) \mathrm{d}(t^0/u) d ( t 0 / u ) . Thus every branch is translated by t 0 t^0 t 0 , while residualisation removes this direction and makes the zero-branch factor descend. For a Calabi–Yau threefold, the restriction of the unit-extended branch to the unit line through the large-radius point is t 0 t^0 t 0 . On the descended factor, the rationally marked large-radius germ recovers the cubic cup-product form on the Néron–Severi space. For Picard rank one, the resulting class of the ample degree in Q ≥ 0 / ( Q > 0 ) 3 \mathbb{Q}_{\geq0}/(\mathbb{Q}_{>0})^3 Q ≥ 0 / ( Q > 0 ) 3 is therefore an invariant of the marked residual germ. The degrees 14 and 42 distinguish the Pfaffian–Grassmannian pair, although the varieties are derived equivalent and have isomorphic Z / 2 \mathbb{Z}/2 Z /2 -graded rational Hodge realisations. Independently, the family (2) shows that the residual lattice is not determined by monodromy: the local system on the punctured disc may remain constant while the lattice Jordan profile varies.
Structure of the paper
Sections 2 to 5 treat the local prescribed-lattice problem and its normal form for arbitrary spectra. Sections 6 to 9 discuss resonant examples, framed descent, isomonodromic variation of the lattice, and the fixed-stratum relative slice. Section 10 classifies the oriented rank-two wall for every residue difference and constructs two polynomial rank-three wall charts. It then proves that every permitted simple wall in arbitrary rank is represented by a relative affine torsor, with a polynomial specialisation map triangular by root height. The same section computes the adjacent two-wall compatibility factor, the saturation over the dual numbers, the root-subgroup compatibility law in the loop group, and the rank-two affine position of the meromorphic comparison lattice. Section 11 develops the branch-residual splitting and its applications to projective varieties. The generic-spectrum case is due to Kontsevich and Szabó [19 ] ; all other dependencies are cited where they enter.
Notation and conventions
We follow the notation of [17 §§3–5] whenever the global theory of atoms is involved. The local complex coordinate is denoted by z z z , while u u u is reserved for the coordinate used in the theory of F F F -bundles.
( H , ∇ ) / S (\mathcal{H},\nabla)/S ( H , ∇ ) / S : an F F F -bundle over a formal, complex analytic or non-Archimedean base S S S ;
H 0 \mathcal{H}_0 H 0 : the intrinsic lattice fibre H / u H \mathcal{H}/u\mathcal{H} H / u H ;
κ r e s \kappa^{\mathrm{res}} κ res : the residual endomorphism ∇ u 2 ∂ u H 0 \nabla_{u^2\partial_u}\mathcal{H}_0 ∇ u 2 ∂ u H 0 ;
U ~ X → U X \widetilde{U}_X\to U_X U X → U X : the unramified part of the reduced spectral cover of the maximal A-model F F F -bundle of X X X ;
Atoms G K , F \operatorname{Atoms}^{K,F}_G Atoms G K , F : the set of geometric G G G -atomic F F F -bundles of smooth projective K K K -varieties;
CF G F ( X ) \operatorname{CF}^{F}_G(X) CF G F ( X ) : the corresponding atomic F F F -bundle chemical formula;
RAtoms G K \operatorname{RAtoms}^{K}_G RAtoms G K : the set of branch-labelled residual G G G -atoms introduced in § 11 ;
CF G r e s ( X ) \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X) CF G res ( X ) : the residual chemical formula of X X X .
For a set S S S , the symbols N ( S ) \mathbb{N}^{(S)} N ( S ) and Z ( S ) \mathbb{Z}^{(S)} Z ( S ) denote, respectively, the commutative monoid and the abelian group of finitely supported functions on S S S . We use ⨆ \bigsqcup ⨆ for a finite disjoint union and ∐ \coprod ∐ for an indexed disjoint union.
The prescribed-lattice groupoid and compatible logarithms
Let B ⊂ G L r ( C ) B\subset\mathrm{GL}_r(\mathbb{C}) B ⊂ GL r ( C ) be the standard upper triangular Borel subgroup, let U U U be its unipotent radical, and let b \mathfrak{b} b and n \mathfrak{n} n be their Lie algebras. We use the gauge action
( d + A d z ) ⋅ g = d + ( g − 1 A g + g − 1 g ′ ) d z . (3) (d+A\,dz)\cdot g=d+\left(g^{-1}Ag+g^{-1}g'\right)dz. \tag*{(3)} ( d + A d z ) ⋅ g = d + ( g − 1 A g + g − 1 g ′ ) d z . (3)
Definition 3.1. Kontsevich and Szabó define this groupoid under the assumption c i ≠ 1 c_i \ne1 c i = 1 for every i i i . We use the same definition for an arbitrary ordered vector
c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r . \mathbf{c}=(c_1,\ldots,c_r)\in(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^r. c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r .
The enlarged groupoid
N S Q C c f r \mathrm{NSQC}_{\mathbf{c}}^{\mathrm{fr}} NSQC c fr
has as objects triples ( E , ∇ , v ) (E,\nabla,\mathbf{v}) ( E , ∇ , v ) with the following properties.
(i) E = O ⊕ r E=\mathcal{O}^{\oplus r} E = O ⊕ r , with its standard trivialisation.
(ii) ∇ \nabla ∇ is a meromorphic connection on E E E which is regular singular at 0 0 0 .
(iii) In the prescribed lattice E E E , the connection matrix has a pole of order at most two at 0 0 0 .
(iv) v = ( v 1 ( 1 ) , … , v r ( 1 ) ) \mathbf{v}=(v_1(1),\ldots,v_r(1)) v = ( v 1 ( 1 ) , … , v r ( 1 )) is an ordered basis of E ∣ z = 1 E|_{z=1} E ∣ z = 1 .
(v) The monodromy preserves the full flag defined by v \mathbf{v} v and has diagonal entries c 1 , … , c r c_1,\ldots,c_r c 1 , … , c r in that basis.
We regard an ordered basis as a row v = ( v 1 ( 1 ) , … , v r ( 1 ) ) \mathbf{v}=(v_1(1),\ldots,v_r(1)) v = ( v 1 ( 1 ) , … , v r ( 1 )) . A morphism
g : ( E , ∇ , v ) ⟶ ( E ~ , ∇ ~ , v ~ ) g:(E,\nabla,\mathbf{v})\longrightarrow(\widetilde{E},\widetilde{\nabla},\widetilde{\mathbf{v}}) g : ( E , ∇ , v ) ⟶ ( E , ∇ , v )
is a holomorphic gauge transformation g ∈ G L r ( O ) g\in\mathrm{GL}_r(\mathcal{O}) g ∈ GL r ( O ) satisfying
∇ ~ = ∇ ⋅ g , v ~ = v g ( 1 ) . \widetilde{\nabla}=\nabla\cdot g,\qquad\widetilde{\mathbf{v}}=\mathbf{v}g(1). ∇ = ∇ ⋅ g , v = v g ( 1 ) .
This is the convention used in [19 ] : both the connection matrix and the row of framed basis vectors carry the same right action. Applying first g g g and then h h h is therefore the action of g h gh g h . In particular, a morphism between two standard-framed representatives satisfies g ( 1 ) = I r g(1)=I_r g ( 1 ) = I r .
All quotient calculations below take place after the ordered frame has been changed to the standard row e ( 1 ) \mathbf{e}(1) e ( 1 ) . At that stage a morphism satisfies g ( 1 ) = I r g(1)=I_r g ( 1 ) = I r . Fixing the standard free module causes no loss of generality relative to the formulation of [19 ] : every module occurring there is free of rank r r r , and a choice of trivialisation gives an equivalent groupoid. The full framing eliminates automorphisms: a horizontal holomorphic endomorphism which is the identity at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 is the identity everywhere by uniqueness for a linear initial-value problem.
Lemma 3.2. Every T ∈ B T\in B T ∈ B admits R ∈ b R\in\mathfrak{b} R ∈ b such that e R = T e^R=T e R = T .
Proof. Write the set of distinct eigenvalues of T T T as { σ 1 , … , σ s } \{\sigma_1,\ldots,\sigma_s\} { σ 1 , … , σ s } . Choose pairwise disjoint simply connected neighbourhoods D 1 , … , D s ⊂ C × D_1,\ldots,D_s\subset\mathbb{C}^{\times} D 1 , … , D s ⊂ C × , with σ ν ∈ D ν \sigma_\nu\in D_\nu σ ν ∈ D ν , and choose a holomorphic branch ℓ ν \ell_\nu ℓ ν of the logarithm on each D ν D_\nu D ν . Let D = ⋃ ν = 1 s D ν D=\bigcup_{\nu=1}^sD_\nu D = ⋃ ν = 1 s D ν and let ℓ \ell ℓ denote the resulting holomorphic function on D D D . The holomorphic functional calculus defines
R = ℓ ( T ) = 1 2 π i ∫ Γ ℓ ( ζ ) ( ζ I r − T ) − 1 d ζ , R=\ell(T)=\frac{1}{2\pi i}\int_{\Gamma}\ell(\zeta)(\zeta I_r-T)^{-1}\,d\zeta, R = ℓ ( T ) = 2 π i 1 ∫ Γ ℓ ( ζ ) ( ζ I r − T ) − 1 d ζ , where Γ ⊂ D \Gamma\subset D Γ ⊂ D is a union of positively oriented contours surrounding the eigenvalues. Since T T T is upper triangular, every resolvent ( ζ I r − T ) − 1 (\zeta I_r-T)^{-1} ( ζ I r − T ) − 1 is upper triangular; hence R ∈ b R\in\mathfrak{b} R ∈ b . The functional-calculus identity
exp ( ℓ ( T ) ) = ( exp ∘ ℓ ) ( T ) = T \exp(\ell(T))=(\exp\circ\ell)(T)=T exp ( ℓ ( T )) = ( exp ∘ ℓ ) ( T ) = T gives e R = T e^R=T e R = T . Equivalently, one may use Hermite interpolation to replace ℓ \ell ℓ by a polynomial having the same derivatives at the eigenvalues up to the sizes of the Jordan blocks; this also shows directly that R R R belongs to the finite-dimensional algebra C [ T ] ⊂ b \mathbb{C}[T]\subset\mathfrak{b} C [ T ] ⊂ b . This is the matrix-logarithm step in Levelt’s regular-singular reduction [20 , 9 , 26 ] .
arise from the resulting lattice modification and are not defined by arbitrarily prescribing a logarithm of the full monodromy.
Framed Borel rigidity and triangular reduction
We begin with a lattice-theoretic triangular reduction which is intrinsic to the monodromy flag and the prescribed lattice.
Proposition 4.1. Every object of N S Q C c f r \mathrm{NSQC}_{\mathfrak c}^{\mathrm{fr}} NSQC c fr is isomorphic to a standard-framed connection
d + ( ∑ n ≥ − 2 D n z n ) d z , D − 2 ∈ n , D n ∈ b ( n ≥ − 1 ) . (4) d+\left(\sum_{n\geq-2}D_nz^n\right)dz,\qquad D_{-2}\in\mathfrak n,\qquad D_n\in\mathfrak b\quad(n\geq-1). \tag*{(4)} d + ( n ≥ − 2 ∑ D n z n ) d z , D − 2 ∈ n , D n ∈ b ( n ≥ − 1 ) . (4)
where the Laurent series converges on Δ \Delta Δ . No condition is imposed on repetitions among the c i c_i c i , and the eigenvalue 1 1 1 is allowed.
Proof. Let
0 = F 0 ( 1 ) ⊂ F 1 ( 1 ) ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ F r ( 1 ) = E ∣ z = 1 0=F_0(1)\subset F_1(1)\subset\cdots\subset F_r(1)=E|_{z=1} 0 = F 0 ( 1 ) ⊂ F 1 ( 1 ) ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ F r ( 1 ) = E ∣ z = 1
be the full flag determined by the ordered frame. Its monodromy invariance gives, by parallel transport, a filtration by flat subbundles
F i ∘ ⊂ E ∣ Δ × . F_i^\circ\subset E|_{\Delta^\times}. F i ∘ ⊂ E ∣ Δ × .
Since the connection is regular singular, each F i ∘ F_i^\circ F i ∘ determines a unique meromorphic ∇ \nabla ∇ -stable subbundle
F i ⊂ E ( ∗ 0 ) . F_i\subset E(*0). F i ⊂ E ( ∗ 0 ) .
After choosing a logarithmic model, the corresponding sub-local system extends to a meromorphic subconnection; uniqueness follows because two such extensions agree on the punctured disc. Equivalently, one may choose an upper triangular logarithmic model of the monodromy and transport its standard flag. This step uses neither distinctness of the eigenvalues nor exclusion of the eigenvalue 1 1 1 . Inside the prescribed lattice define
E i = ( E ∩ F i ) s a t ⊂ E , E_i=(E\cap F_i)^{\mathrm{sat}}\subset E, E i = ( E ∩ F i ) sat ⊂ E ,
where saturation is taken in E E E . The intersection is coherent: locally, after multiplying F i F_i F i by a sufficiently large power of z z z , both E E E and z N F i z^N F_i z N F i are coherent submodules of the same free meromorphic module, and their intersection is coherent over the Noetherian ring O Δ , 0 \mathcal O_{\Delta,0} O Δ , 0 . On the smooth curve Δ \Delta Δ , every saturated coherent subsheaf of a vector bundle is locally free, and each quotient E i / E i − 1 E_i/E_{i-1} E i / E i − 1 is a line bundle. Saturation changes nothing on Δ × \Delta^\times Δ × , so E i ( 1 ) = F i ( 1 ) E_i(1)=F_i(1) E i ( 1 ) = F i ( 1 ) . Each exact sequence
0 ⟶ E i − 1 ⟶ E i ⟶ E i / E i − 1 ⟶ 0 0\longrightarrow E_{i-1}\longrightarrow E_i\longrightarrow E_i/E_{i-1}\longrightarrow0 0 ⟶ E i − 1 ⟶ E i ⟶ E i / E i − 1 ⟶ 0
splits holomorphically because
Ext 1 ( E i / E i − 1 , E i − 1 ) ≅ H 1 ( Δ , E i − 1 ⊗ ( E i / E i − 1 ) − 1 ) = 0. \operatorname{Ext}^{1}(E_i/E_{i-1},E_{i-1})\cong H^1\left(\Delta,E_{i-1}\otimes(E_i/E_{i-1})^{-1}\right)=0. Ext 1 ( E i / E i − 1 , E i − 1 ) ≅ H 1 ( Δ , E i − 1 ⊗ ( E i / E i − 1 ) − 1 ) = 0.
Since Δ \Delta Δ is Stein and contractible, Pic ( Δ ) = 0 \operatorname{Pic}(\Delta)=0 Pic ( Δ ) = 0 ; hence each quotient E i / E i − 1 E_i/E_{i-1} E i / E i − 1 is holomorphically trivial. Choose the splittings inductively. At the i i i -th stage, choose a nowhere-vanishing section of E i / E i − 1 E_i/E_{i-1} E i / E i − 1 whose value at 1 1 1 is the image of v i ( 1 ) v_i(1) v i ( 1 ) , lift it through the chosen splitting, and modify the lift by a global section of E i − 1 E_{i-1} E i − 1 so that its value at 1 1 1 is v i ( 1 ) v_i(1) v i ( 1 ) . Such a correction exists because the preceding splittings identify E i − 1 E_{i-1} E i − 1 with a direct sum of trivial line bundles, so evaluation at 1 1 1 is surjective. This produces a holomorphic frame w 1 , … , w r w_1,\ldots,w_r w 1 , … , w r of E E E , adapted to E ∙ E_\bullet E ∙ , and equal to the prescribed ordered frame at 1 1 1 . The resulting representative is therefore standard-framed.
The matrix of ∇ \nabla ∇ in the frame w 1 , … , w r w_1,\ldots,w_r w 1 , … , w r is upper triangular on Δ × \Delta^\times Δ × , because every F i F_i F i is meromorphically ∇ \nabla ∇ -stable. Its entries are meromorphic on the disc, so the strictly lower triangular entries, which vanish on the punctured disc, vanish identically. Because the change of frame is holomorphic in the prescribed lattice, the pole order remains at most two.
It remains to examine the diagonal. The i i i -th diagonal entry is the connection form induced on the rank-one meromorphic quotient F i / F i − 1 F_i/F_{i-1} F i / F i − 1 , expressed in the lattice E i / E i − 1 E_i/E_{i-1} E i / E i − 1 . Regular singularity is stable under subquotients [26 Chap. II] . A rank-one regular-singular connection has at most a simple pole in every lattice, since any two rank-one lattices differ by multiplication by an integral power of z z z , which changes the connection form only by an integral multiple of d z / z dz/z d z / z . Therefore the diagonal coefficient of z − 2 z^{-2} z − 2 vanishes. Consequently D − 2 ∈ n D_{-2}\in\mathfrak n D − 2 ∈ n , while D n ∈ b D_n\in\mathfrak b D n ∈ b for every n ≥ − 1 n\geq-1 n ≥ − 1 , as claimed. □ \square □
Lemma 4.2. Let
∇ = d + A ( z ) d z , ∇ ~ = d + A ~ ( z ) d z \nabla= d + A(z)\,dz,\qquad\widetilde{\nabla} = d + \widetilde{A}(z)\,dz ∇ = d + A ( z ) d z , ∇ = d + A ( z ) d z be meromorphic connections whose matrices take values in b \mathfrak{b} b on the punctured disc. If g ∈ GL r ( O ) g \in\operatorname{GL}_{r}(\mathcal{O}) g ∈ GL r ( O ) satisfies ∇ ~ = ∇ ⋅ g \widetilde{\nabla} = \nabla\cdot g ∇ = ∇ ⋅ g , and g ( 1 ) = I r g(1) = I_{r} g ( 1 ) = I r , then g g g takes values in B B B .
Proof. The gauge identity is equivalent to
g ′ = g A ~ − A g . (5) g' = g\widetilde{A} - Ag. \tag*{(5)} g ′ = g A − A g . (5) For each z ≠ 0 z \ne0 z = 0 , the linear operator
X ⟼ X A ~ ( z ) − A ( z ) X X \longmapsto X\widetilde{A}(z) - A(z)X X ⟼ X A ( z ) − A ( z ) X preserves b \mathfrak{b} b , because products of upper triangular matrices are upper triangular. It therefore induces a meromorphic linear operator L ‾ ( z ) \overline{L}(z) L ( z ) on g l r / b \mathfrak{gl}_{r}/\mathfrak{b} gl r / b . If g ‾ \overline{g} g denotes the class of g g g , projection of (4.2) gives
g ‾ ′ = L ‾ ( z ) g ‾ , g ‾ ( 1 ) = 0. \overline{g}' = \overline{L}(z)\overline{g},\qquad\overline{g}(1) = 0. g ′ = L ( z ) g , g ( 1 ) = 0. Uniqueness for this homogeneous linear initial-value problem implies g ‾ = 0 \overline{g} = 0 g = 0 near 1. Analytic continuation on the connected punctured disc gives g ‾ = 0 \overline{g} = 0 g = 0 everywhere on Δ × \Delta^{\times} Δ × . Equivalently, every strictly lower triangular entry of g g g vanishes on Δ × \Delta^{\times} Δ × ; these entries are holomorphic on Δ \Delta Δ , hence vanish identically. Since g g g is holomorphic and invertible, its diagonal entries are holomorphic units. Thus g : Δ → B g:\Delta\to B g : Δ → B . □
Corollary 4.3. The full subgroupoid of standard-framed upper triangular connections of the form (4) is essentially surjective in N S Q C c f r \mathrm{NSQC}_{c}^{\mathrm{fr}} NSQC c fr . Every morphism between two of its objects is a holomorphic B B B -valued gauge equal to I r I_{r} I r at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 .
Proof. Essential surjectivity is Proposition 4.1. A morphism between standard-framed representatives satisfies g ( 1 ) = I r g(1)=I_{r} g ( 1 ) = I r and is B B B -valued by Lemma 4.2 . □
At this point the exclusion of the eigenvalue 1 becomes unnecessary in the fully framed problem. The proof of [19 Lemma 4.2] uses a residue obstruction to show triangularity of the transported gauge. The framed initial condition already forces the same conclusion without any restriction on the spectrum.
Proposition 4.4. There is a canonical essentially surjective functor
res Δ : N S Q C c f r ⟶ ( ∏ i = 1 r Log − ( c i ) ) d i s c , \operatorname{res}_{\Delta}:\mathrm{NSQC}_{c}^{\mathrm{fr}} \longrightarrow\left(\prod_{i=1}^{r}\operatorname{Log}_{-}(c_{i})\right)_{\mathrm{disc}}, res Δ : NSQC c fr ⟶ ( i = 1 ∏ r Log − ( c i ) ) disc , defined on objects by the ordered diagonal residues of any standard-framed upper triangular representative and on every morphism by the identity of that residue vector.
Proof. Existence of a standard-framed upper triangular representative follows from Corollary 4.3 . Suppose that two such representatives are isomorphic in the original groupoid. The induced morphism is B B B -valued by Lemma 4.2 . If its diagonal entries are g i i g_{ii} g ii , then the i i i -th diagonal connection coefficient changes by d log g i i d\log g_{ii} d log g ii . Since g i i g_{ii} g ii is a holomorphic unit on the disc, this logarithmic derivative has residue zero. The ordered diagonal residue vector is therefore invariant under every morphism and independent of all choices made in the triangular reduction. This defines the stated functor to the discrete groupoid.
For an upper triangular regular-singular system, the diagonal scalar equation shows that a diagonal residue μ i \mu_i μ i has monodromy e − 2 π i μ i e^{-2\pi i\mu_i} e − 2 π i μ i in our convention. Hence the image lies in ∏ i Log − ( c i ) \prod_i\operatorname{Log}_{-}(c_i) ∏ i Log − ( c i ) . Conversely, every vector in that product is realised by the standard-framed diagonal connection
d + M μ z − 1 d z . d+M_{\mu}z^{-1}\,dz. d + M μ z − 1 d z . Thus the functor is essentially surjective. □
The functor res Δ \operatorname{res}_{\Delta} res Δ is not obtained by taking the residue of the connection matrix in the original prescribed lattice, whose pole may have order two. It records the ordered diagonal residue after framed triangular reduction. Proposition 4.4 asserts that this datum is independent of every choice made in the reduction.
Normal forms for arbitrary spectra
Once framed Borel rigidity has been established, the remaining normalisation is the rootwise scalar quotient and height-filtered unipotent induction of Konstevich and Szabó [19 Proposition 4.3 and Lemma 4.4] . We give the analytic calculation in full because the resonant monomial, the framed condition at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 , and base-change compatibility are all used later. The scalar cokernel and the two coordinates per root originate in [19 ] ; here the same slice is shown to compute the original fully framed groupoid for every spectrum.
Diagonal normalisation and residue strata
Let
∇ = d + A ( z ) d z \nabla= d + A(z)\,dz ∇ = d + A ( z ) d z
be a standard-framed upper triangular representative. Denote the diagonal entries of A A A by a i ( z ) a_i(z) a i ( z ) and put
μ i = res 0 ( a i ( z ) d z ) , M μ = diag ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) . \mu_i = \operatorname{res}_0\left(a_i(z)\,dz\right),\qquad M_\mu= \operatorname{diag}(\mu_1,\ldots,\mu_r). μ i = res 0 ( a i ( z ) d z ) , M μ = diag ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) .
Lemma 5.1. There is a unique diagonal holomorphic gauge h : Δ → ( C × ) r h:\Delta\to(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^r h : Δ → ( C × ) r satisfying h ( 1 ) = I r h(1)=I_r h ( 1 ) = I r for which the diagonal part of the transformed connection is
M μ z d z . \frac{M_\mu}{z}\,dz. z M μ d z . Moreover, every framed B B B -valued gauge between two upper triangular representatives with this fixed diagonal is U U U -valued.
Proof. By Proposition 4.1, each a i ( z ) d z a_i(z)\,dz a i ( z ) d z has at most a simple pole, and
a i ( z ) − μ i z a_i(z)-\frac{\mu_i}{z} a i ( z ) − z μ i
is holomorphic on Δ \Delta Δ . The scalar differential equation
h i ′ h i = μ i z − a i ( z ) , h i ( 1 ) = 1 , \frac{h_i'}{h_i}=\frac{\mu_i}{z}-a_i(z),\qquad h_i(1)=1, h i h i ′ = z μ i − a i ( z ) , h i ( 1 ) = 1 ,
has a unique nowhere-vanishing holomorphic solution, since the integrand below is holomorphic on the simply connected disc, so the integral is path-independent and
h i ( z ) = exp ( ∫ 1 z ( μ i ζ − a i ( ζ ) ) d ζ ) . (6) h_i(z)=\exp\left(\int_1^z\left(\frac{\mu_i}{\zeta}-a_i(\zeta)\right)\,d\zeta\right). \tag*{(6)} h i ( z ) = exp ( ∫ 1 z ( ζ μ i − a i ( ζ ) ) d ζ ) . (6)
Taking h = diag ( h 1 , … , h r ) h=\operatorname{diag}(h_1,\ldots,h_r) h = diag ( h 1 , … , h r ) proves existence. If h ~ \widetilde h h is another such gauge, then each diagonal entry of h ~ h − 1 \widetilde h h^{-1} h h − 1 has zero logarithmic derivative and equals 1 1 1 at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 ; hence h ~ = h \widetilde h=h h = h .
Now let g g g be a framed B B B -valued gauge between two representatives whose diagonal part is M μ d z / z M_\mu dz/z M μ d z / z . Comparing the i i i -th diagonal entries in the gauge equation gives
g i i ′ g i i = 0. \frac{g_{ii}'}{g_{ii}}=0. g ii g ii ′ = 0.
Thus each g i i g_{ii} g ii is constant, and g ( 1 ) = I r g(1)=I_r g ( 1 ) = I r forces g i i = 1 g_{ii}=1 g ii = 1 . Hence g g g is U U U -valued. □
The diagonal gauge need not be polynomial, even when the initial matrix has a convergent Laurent expansion of the form (4) . The natural analytic coefficient space after diagonal normalisation is therefore
A μ = { d + ( M μ z + Q ( z ) ) d z : Q ∈ n ⊗ z − 2 O } . (7) \mathcal{A}_\mu=\left\{d+\left(\frac{M_\mu}{z}+Q(z)\right)\,dz:Q\in\mathfrak{n}\otimes z^{-2}\mathcal{O}\right\}. \tag*{(7)} A μ = { d + ( z M μ + Q ( z ) ) d z : Q ∈ n ⊗ z − 2 O } . (7)
The analytic unipotent group
U 1 = { g ∈ U ( O ) : g ( 1 ) = I r } (8) U_1=\{g\in U(\mathcal{O}):g(1)=I_r\} \tag*{(8)} U 1 = { g ∈ U ( O ) : g ( 1 ) = I r } (8)
acts on A μ \mathcal{A}_\mu A μ . By Lemmas 4.2 and 5.1 , it is the full framed gauge group relating elements of this fixed-diagonal space.
Lemma 5.2. Every connection in A μ \mathcal{A}_\mu A μ is regular singular at the origin.
Proof. Fix a closed subsector S S S of a sufficiently small sector at the origin and choose branches of the functions z − μ i z^{-\mu_i} z − μ i on it. We solve the horizontal system from the last component upwards. The last component is a constant multiple of z − μ r z^{-\mu_r} z − μ r and therefore has at most polynomial growth on S S S .
Assume inductively that the components with index greater than j j j have at most polynomial growth. Write the j j j -th equation as
y j ′ + μ j z − 1 y j = − ∑ i > j q j i ( z ) y i , q j i ∈ z − 2 O . y_j' + \mu_j z^{-1}y_j=-\sum_{i>j}q_{ji}(z)y_i,\qquad q_{ji}\in z^{-2}\mathcal{O}. y j ′ + μ j z − 1 y j = − i > j ∑ q j i ( z ) y i , q j i ∈ z − 2 O .
After setting y j = z − μ j u j y_j=z^{-\mu_j}u_j y j = z − μ j u j , one obtains
u j ′ = − ∑ i > j z μ j q j i ( z ) y i . u_j'=-\sum_{i>j}z^{\mu_j}q_{ji}(z)y_i. u j ′ = − i > j ∑ z μ j q j i ( z ) y i .
On the fixed subsector, the right-hand side is bounded by C ∣ z ∣ − N C|z|^{-N} C ∣ z ∣ − N for some C , N > 0 C,N>0 C , N > 0 . Its integral from a fixed non-zero point to z z z is bounded by a power of ∣ z ∣ − 1 |z|^{-1} ∣ z ∣ − 1 , with the usual logarithmic bound when N = 1 N=1 N = 1 . Multiplication by z − μ j z^{-\mu_j} z − μ j preserves polynomial growth on S S S . This proves the inductive step. Choosing the diagonal initial constants successively produces an upper triangular fundamental matrix whose diagonal entries are the non-zero functions z − μ i z^{-\mu_i} z − μ i and whose off-diagonal entries have moderate growth. Its inverse also has moderate growth: this follows recursively from triangular inversion, since the diagonal entries are powers of z z z on the chosen sector. The sectorial moderate-growth criterion for regular singularity, in the form recalled in [21 (1.3)] , therefore applies. □
Proposition 5.3. Let μ ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) \mu\in\prod_i \operatorname{Log}_{-}(c_i) μ ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) . Every connection in A μ A_\mu A μ , equipped with the standard framing at z = 1 z = 1 z = 1 , is an object of NSQC c f r \operatorname{NSQC}^{\mathrm{fr}}_c NSQC c fr . In particular, every connection of the normal form {(xref)}(1.1) is admissible.
Proof. The matrix has a pole of order at most two by definition. Regular singularity is Lemma 5.2 . Since the matrix is upper triangular, the standard flag is preserved by parallel transport. The i i i -th diagonal horizontal equation is
y i ′ + μ i z − 1 y i = 0 , y_i' + \mu_i z^{-1} y_i = 0, y i ′ + μ i z − 1 y i = 0 ,
so the corresponding diagonal monodromy entry is e − 2 π i μ i = c i e^{-2\pi i\mu_i} = c_i e − 2 π i μ i = c i . Thus all defining conditions of Definition 3.1 are satisfied. □
Proposition 5.4. Fix μ ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) \mu\in\prod_i \operatorname{Log}_{-}(c_i) μ ∈ ∏ i Log − ( c i ) . The fibre groupoid res Δ − 1 ( μ ) \operatorname{res}_{\Delta}^{-1}(\mu) res Δ − 1 ( μ ) is equivalent to the action groupoid [ A μ ( C ) / U 1 ( C ) ] [A_\mu(\mathbb{C})/U_1(\mathbb{C})] [ A μ ( C ) / U 1 ( C )] . Every object of the fibre has a standard-framed representative in A μ A_\mu A μ , and the morphisms between two such representatives are the elements of U 1 U_1 U 1 relating them.
Proof. Apply the unique framed diagonal gauge of Lemma 5.1 to any standard-framed triangular representative in the residue fibre. This gives an element of A μ A_\mu A μ . Conversely, let two elements of A μ A_\mu A μ be related in the original groupoid. By Lemma 4.2 , the relating gauge is B B B -valued and equals I r I_r I r at z = 1 z = 1 z = 1 . On the diagonal, the gauge equation reads
g i i ′ g i i = 0 , \frac{g_{ii}'}{g_{ii}} = 0, g ii g ii ′ = 0 ,
because both diagonal connection coefficients are μ i z − 1 \mu_i z^{-1} μ i z − 1 . Thus g i i g_{ii} g ii is constant and the framed condition gives g i i = 1 g_{ii} = 1 g ii = 1 . The gauge therefore belongs to U 1 U_1 U 1 . Conversely, every element of U 1 U_1 U 1 is a morphism in the original groupoid. □
The residue fibres are all non-empty by Proposition 4.4 , although Remark 3.3 shows that a fixed non-semisimple monodromy matrix need not occur in every fibre.
The scalar analytic quotient
Set V = { P ∈ O : P ( 1 ) = 0 } V = \{P \in\mathcal{O} : P(1) = 0\} V = { P ∈ O : P ( 1 ) = 0 } , and W = z − 2 O W = z^{-2}\mathcal{O} W = z − 2 O . For λ ∈ C \lambda\in\mathbb{C} λ ∈ C , define
L λ : V ⟶ W , L λ ( P ) = P ′ − λ z − 1 P . (9) L_\lambda: V \longrightarrow W,\qquad L_\lambda(P) = P' - \lambda z^{-1}P. \tag*{(9)} L λ : V ⟶ W , L λ ( P ) = P ′ − λ z − 1 P . (9)
Lemma 5.5. For every λ ∈ C \lambda\in\mathbb{C} λ ∈ C , the map L λ L_\lambda L λ is injective and
W = L λ ( V ) ⊕ C z − 2 ⊕ C ρ λ , (10) W = L_\lambda(V) \oplus\mathbb{C}z^{-2} \oplus\mathbb{C}\rho_\lambda, \tag*{(10)} W = L λ ( V ) ⊕ C z − 2 ⊕ C ρ λ , (10)
where
ρ λ ( z ) = { z λ − 1 , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , z − 1 , λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 . \rho_\lambda(z) =
\begin{cases}
z^{\lambda-1}, & \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0},\\
z^{-1}, & \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0}.
\end{cases} ρ λ ( z ) = { z λ − 1 , z − 1 , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 .
In particular, dim C coker L λ = 2 \dim_{\mathbb{C}}\operatorname{coker}L_\lambda= 2 dim C coker L λ = 2 .
Proof. Write
P ( z ) = ∑ n ≥ 0 p n z n , Q ( z ) = ∑ k ≥ − 2 q k z k . P(z) = \sum_{n\geq0} p_n z^n,\qquad Q(z) = \sum_{k\geq-2} q_k z^k. P ( z ) = n ≥ 0 ∑ p n z n , Q ( z ) = k ≥ − 2 ∑ q k z k .
A direct calculation gives
L λ ( P ) = ∑ n ≥ 0 ( n − λ ) p n z n − 1 . (11) L_\lambda(P) = \sum_{n\geq0}(n-\lambda)p_n z^{n-1}. \tag*{(11)} L λ ( P ) = n ≥ 0 ∑ ( n − λ ) p n z n − 1 . (11)
In particular, no element of the image has a z − 2 z^{-2} z − 2 -term. It remains to split the restriction of L λ L_\lambda L λ inside z − 1 O z^{-1}\mathcal{O} z − 1 O . Assume first that λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 . For Q 1 = ∑ k ≥ − 1 q k z k Q_1 = \sum_{k\geq-1} q_k z^k Q 1 = ∑ k ≥ − 1 q k z k , define
P 0 ( z ) = ∑ n ≥ 0 q n − 1 n − λ z n . P_0(z) = \sum_{n\geq0}\frac{q_{n-1}}{n-\lambda}z^n. P 0 ( z ) = n ≥ 0 ∑ n − λ q n − 1 z n .
Choose radii 1 < r 0 < R 0 1 < r_0 < R_0 1 < r 0 < R 0 such that the closed disc { ∣ z ∣ ≤ R 0 } \{|z| \leq R_0\} { ∣ z ∣ ≤ R 0 } is contained in Δ \Delta Δ . Cauchy estimates give a constant C R 0 C_{R_0} C R 0 such that ∣ q n − 1 ∣ ≤ C R 0 R 0 − n |q_{n-1}| \leq C_{R_0}R_0^{-n} ∣ q n − 1 ∣ ≤ C R 0 R 0 − n . Since ∣ n − λ ∣ − 1 = O ( n − 1 ) |n-\lambda|^{-1} = O(n^{-1}) ∣ n − λ ∣ − 1 = O ( n − 1 ) , the series for P 0 P_0 P 0 converges normally on ∣ z ∣ ≤ r 0 |z| \leq r_0 ∣ z ∣ ≤ r 0 . Exhausting Δ \Delta Δ by such discs shows that P 0 ∈ O P_0 \in\mathcal{O} P 0 ∈ O and L λ ( P 0 ) = Q 1 L_\lambda(P_0) = Q_1 L λ ( P 0 ) = Q 1 . The only obstruction to P 0 ∈ V P_0 \in V P 0 ∈ V is its value at 1 1 1 . Because
L λ ( c ) = − λ c z − 1 , L_\lambda(c) = -\lambda c z^{-1}, L λ ( c ) = − λ c z − 1 ,
the function P = P 0 − P 0 ( 1 ) P=P_0-P_0(1) P = P 0 − P 0 ( 1 ) satisfies P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 and
Q 1 = L λ ( P ) − λ P 0 ( 1 ) z − 1 . Q_1=L_\lambda(P)-\lambda P_0(1)z^{-1}. Q 1 = L λ ( P ) − λ P 0 ( 1 ) z − 1 .
Thus z − 1 O = L λ ( V ) + C z − 1 z^{-1}\mathcal{O}=L_\lambda(V)+\mathbb{C}z^{-1} z − 1 O = L λ ( V ) + C z − 1 . The sum is direct: if L λ ( P ) = β z − 1 L_\lambda(P)=\beta z^{-1} L λ ( P ) = β z − 1 , coefficient comparison in (11) forces P = − β / λ P=-\beta/\lambda P = − β / λ , and the condition P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 gives P = β = 0 P=\beta=0 P = β = 0 .
Now, let λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda=m\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 . The coefficient of z m − 1 z^{m-1} z m − 1 in (11) is identically zero. Given Q 1 Q_1 Q 1 , subtract q m − 1 z m − 1 q_{m-1}z^{m-1} q m − 1 z m − 1 and define
p n = q n − 1 n − m ( n ≠ m ) . p_n=\frac{q_{n-1}}{n-m}\qquad(n\ne m). p n = n − m q n − 1 ( n = m ) .
The same exhaustion and Cauchy estimate prove normal convergence of ∑ n ≠ m p n z n \sum_{n\ne m}p_nz^n ∑ n = m p n z n on every compact subset of Δ \Delta Δ . The coefficient p m p_m p m is free, because L m ( z m ) = 0 L_m(z^m)=0 L m ( z m ) = 0 , and is uniquely chosen so that
p m = − ∑ n ≠ m p n , p_m=-\sum_{n\ne m}p_n, p m = − n = m ∑ p n ,
which is the condition P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 . Hence
z − 1 O = L m ( V ) ⊕ C z m − 1 . z^{-1}\mathcal{O}=L_m(V)\oplus\mathbb{C}z^{m-1}. z − 1 O = L m ( V ) ⊕ C z m − 1 .
Directness follows by inspecting the coefficient of z m − 1 z^{m-1} z m − 1 .
Finally, if L λ ( P ) = 0 L_\lambda(P)=0 L λ ( P ) = 0 , then (11) gives P = 0 P=0 P = 0 unless λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda=m\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 , in which case P = c z m P=cz^m P = c z m ; the framed condition P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 again gives c = 0 c=0 c = 0 . Adding the independent z − 2 z^{-2} z − 2 -coefficient proves the claimed direct sum. This is the analytic version of the two-dimensional scalar cokernel computed in [19 Lemma 4.4] . □
Lemma 5.6. Let E j i E_{ji} E j i denote the matrix unit in row j j j and column i i i , with j < i j<i j < i ; define its height to be i − j i-j i − j , and set λ j i = μ i − μ j \lambda_{ji}=\mu_i-\mu_j λ j i = μ i − μ j . For a holomorphic function p p p with p ( 1 ) = 0 p(1)=0 p ( 1 ) = 0 , the gauge g = I r + p E j i g=I_r+pE_{ji} g = I r + p E j i changes the ( j , i ) (j,i) ( j , i ) -coefficient, modulo terms of height strictly greater than i − j i-j i − j , by
q j i ⟼ q j i + p ′ + ( μ j − μ i ) z − 1 p = q j i + L λ j i ( p ) . q_{ji}\longmapsto q_{ji}+p'+(\mu_j-\mu_i)z^{-1}p=q_{ji}+L_{\lambda_{ji}}(p). q j i ⟼ q j i + p ′ + ( μ j − μ i ) z − 1 p = q j i + L λ j i ( p ) . Proof. Since E j i 2 = 0 E_{ji}^2=0 E j i 2 = 0 , one has g − 1 = I r − p E j i g^{-1}=I_r-pE_{ji} g − 1 = I r − p E j i . The diagonal contribution to g − 1 ( M μ / z ) g g^{-1}(M_\mu/z)g g − 1 ( M μ / z ) g is
1 z [ M μ , p E j i ] = μ j − μ i z p E j i , \frac{1}{z}[M_\mu,pE_{ji}]=\frac{\mu_j-\mu_i}{z}pE_{ji}, z 1 [ M μ , p E j i ] = z μ j − μ i p E j i , while g − 1 g ′ g^{-1}g' g − 1 g ′ contributes p ′ E j i p'E_{ji} p ′ E j i . Commutators with the strictly upper triangular part of the connection have height strictly greater than i − j i-j i − j . The stated formula follows. □
For the root E j i E_{ji} E j i , the resonance parameter is therefore μ i − μ j \mu_i-\mu_j μ i − μ j . Reversing this sign does not change the dimension of the affine slice, but it changes the resonant monomial. For example, when ( μ 1 , μ 2 ) = ( 0 , 1 ) (\mu_1,\mu_2)=(0,1) ( μ 1 , μ 2 ) = ( 0 , 1 ) , a constant upper-right coefficient is resonant and cannot be removed by a holomorphic framed gauge.
The non-abelian unipotent normal form
For 1 ≤ h ≤ r 1\leq h\leq r 1 ≤ h ≤ r , let
n ( h ) = span { E j i : j < i , i − j ≥ h } . \mathfrak{n}^{(h)}=\operatorname{span}\{E_{ji}:j<i,\ i-j\geq h\}. n ( h ) = span { E j i : j < i , i − j ≥ h } .
Then
n = n ( 1 ) ⊃ n ( 2 ) ⊃ ⋯ ⊃ n ( r ) = 0 \mathfrak{n}=\mathfrak{n}^{(1)}\supset\mathfrak{n}^{(2)}\supset\cdots\supset\mathfrak{n}^{(r)}=0 n = n ( 1 ) ⊃ n ( 2 ) ⊃ ⋯ ⊃ n ( r ) = 0
and
[ n ( a ) , n ( b ) ] ⊆ n ( a + b ) . (12) [\mathfrak{n}^{(a)},\mathfrak{n}^{(b)}]\subseteq\mathfrak{n}^{(a+b)}. \tag*{(12)} [ n ( a ) , n ( b ) ] ⊆ n ( a + b ) . (12)
Define the affine slice
S μ = { d + ( M μ z + ∑ j < i ( α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i ) E j i ) d z } . (13) S_\mu=\left\{d+\left(\frac{M_\mu}{z}+\sum_{j<i}(\alpha_{ji}z^{-2}+\beta_{ji}\rho_{\lambda_{ji}})E_{ji}\right)dz\right\}. \tag*{(13)} S μ = { d + ( z M μ + j < i ∑ ( α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i ) E j i ) d z } . (13)
Proposition 5.7. Every element of A μ A_\mu A μ is gauge equivalent under U 1 U_1 U 1 to an element of S μ S_\mu S μ .
Proof. We construct the normalising gauge by induction on the height of a positive root. Let A ( 0 ) A^{(0)} A ( 0 ) be the given matrix. Suppose that, after applying gauges of heights 1 , … , h − 1 1,\ldots,h-1 1 , … , h − 1 , the resulting matrix A ( h − 1 ) A^{(h-1)} A ( h − 1 ) has all entries of height smaller than h h h in the chosen complementary spaces.
For each pair j < i j<i j < i with i − j = h i-j=h i − j = h , write the height-h h h coefficient of A ( h − 1 ) A^{(h-1)} A ( h − 1 ) as q j i ∈ W q_{ji}\in W q j i ∈ W . By Lemma 5.5, there are unique numbers α j i , β j i ∈ C \alpha_{ji},\beta_{ji}\in\mathbb{C} α j i , β j i ∈ C and a unique p j i ∈ V p_{ji}\in V p j i ∈ V such that
q j i + L λ j i ( p j i ) = α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i . q_{ji}+L_{\lambda_{ji}}(p_{ji})=\alpha_{ji}z^{-2}+\beta_{ji}\rho_{\lambda_{ji}}. q j i + L λ j i ( p j i ) = α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i . Set
P h = ∑ i − j = h p j i E j i , g h = I r + P h . P_h=\sum_{i-j=h}p_{ji}E_{ji},\qquad g_h=I_r+P_h. P h = i − j = h ∑ p j i E j i , g h = I r + P h .
Because P h P_h P h is strictly upper triangular, g h g_h g h is invertible with a finite polynomial inverse; moreover P h ( 1 ) = 0 P_h(1)=0 P h ( 1 ) = 0 , so g h ( 1 ) = I r g_h(1)=I_r g h ( 1 ) = I r .
Reduce the gauge action modulo n ( h + 1 ) \mathfrak{n}^{(h+1)} n ( h + 1 ) . Every product containing two factors of height at least h h h has height at least 2 h ≥ h + 1 2h\ge h+1 2 h ≥ h + 1 , and (12) shows that commutators of P h P_h P h with the already present strictly upper triangular coefficients have height greater than h h h . Consequently the only contribution at height h h h is the linear rootwise term of Lemma 5.6 . Thus g h g_h g h puts every height-h h h coefficient into the required complement and leaves all lower heights unchanged.
Define recursively A ( h ) = A ( h − 1 ) ⋅ g h A^{(h)}=A^{(h-1)}\cdot g_h A ( h ) = A ( h − 1 ) ⋅ g h . The process stops after height r − 1 r-1 r − 1 , and the finite product
g = g 1 g 2 ⋯ g r − 1 ∈ U 1 g=g_1g_2\cdots g_{r-1}\in U_1 g = g 1 g 2 ⋯ g r − 1 ∈ U 1
normalises every positive-root coefficient. No convergence issue occurs: the number of heights is finite, and each factor is a holomorphic unipotent matrix on Δ \Delta Δ . The resulting connection is an element of S μ S_\mu S μ . □
Proposition 5.8. If two elements of S μ S_\mu S μ are related by a gauge in U 1 U_1 U 1 , then the connections coincide and the gauge is the identity.
Proof. Let A A A and A ~ \widetilde{A} A be two matrices in the slice and let g ∈ U 1 g\in U_1 g ∈ U 1 satisfy A ⋅ g = A ~ A\cdot g=\widetilde{A} A ⋅ g = A . We prove simultaneously, by increasing height, that the two matrices agree and that g g g is the identity. Assume that g ≠ I r g\ne I_r g = I r , and let h h h be the least integer for which the image of g − I r g-I_r g − I r in
n ( h ) / n ( h + 1 ) \mathfrak{n}^{(h)}/\mathfrak{n}^{(h+1)} n ( h ) / n ( h + 1 )
is non-zero. Write this image as
P h = ∑ i − j = h p j i E j i . P_h=\sum_{i-j=h}p_{ji}E_{ji}. P h = i − j = h ∑ p j i E j i .
Since g ( 1 ) = I r g(1)=I_r g ( 1 ) = I r , every p j i p_{ji} p j i belongs to V V V . Reducing the gauge equation modulo n ( h ) \mathfrak{n}^{(h)} n ( h ) shows first that A A A and A ~ \widetilde{A} A agree in all smaller heights. Reducing one step further, modulo n ( h + 1 ) \mathfrak{n}^{(h+1)} n ( h + 1 ) , eliminates every nonlinear commutator by (12) and yields
q ~ j i − q j i = L λ j i ( p j i ) ( i − j = h ) . \widetilde{q}_{ji}-q_{ji}=L_{\lambda_{ji}}(p_{ji})\qquad(i-j=h). q j i − q j i = L λ j i ( p j i ) ( i − j = h ) .
The left-hand side lies in C z − 2 ⊕ C ρ λ j i \mathbb{C}z^{-2}\oplus\mathbb{C}\rho_{\lambda_{ji}} C z − 2 ⊕ C ρ λ j i , because both matrices belong to the slice; the right-hand side lies in L λ j i ( V ) L_{\lambda_{ji}}(V) L λ j i ( V ) . The direct decomposition of Lemma 5.5 forces both sides to vanish. Injectivity of L λ j i L_{\lambda_{ji}} L λ j i then gives p j i = 0 p_{ji}=0 p j i = 0 for every root of height h h h , contradicting the definition of h h h . Therefore g = I r g=I_r g = I r , and the gauge equation gives A = A ~ A=\widetilde{A} A = A . Hence the slice representative is unique and its fully framed stabiliser is trivial. □
Theorem 5.9. For every residue vector μ ∈ C r \mu\in\mathbb{C}^r μ ∈ C r , the map
Θ μ : S μ ( C ) × U 1 ( C ) ⟶ A μ ( C ) , ( σ , g ) ⟼ σ ⋅ g − 1 , \Theta_\mu:S_\mu(\mathbb{C})\times U_1(\mathbb{C})\longrightarrow A_\mu(\mathbb{C}),\qquad(\sigma,g)\longmapsto\sigma\cdot g^{-1}, Θ μ : S μ ( C ) × U 1 ( C ) ⟶ A μ ( C ) , ( σ , g ) ⟼ σ ⋅ g − 1 ,
is a bijection. Equivalently, the action groupoid is equivalent to a discrete affine groupoid:
[ A μ ( C ) / U 1 ( C ) ] ≃ S μ ( C ) d i s c ≃ ( n ⊕ n ) d i s c . [A_\mu(\mathbb{C})/U_1(\mathbb{C})]\simeq S_\mu(\mathbb{C})_{\mathrm{disc}}\simeq(\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n})_{\mathrm{disc}}. [ A μ ( C ) / U 1 ( C )] ≃ S μ ( C ) disc ≃ ( n ⊕ n ) disc .
Thus every orbit meets the slice in a single point and every stabiliser is trivial.
Proof. Existence and uniqueness are Propositions 5.7 and 5.8. If A ⋅ g = σ A\cdot g=\sigma A ⋅ g = σ is the unique normalisation of A A A , then A = σ ⋅ g − 1 A=\sigma\cdot g^{-1} A = σ ⋅ g − 1 ; conversely, uniqueness of the normalising gauge makes this factorisation unique. The coefficients ( α j i ) j < i (\alpha_{ji})_{j<i} ( α j i ) j < i and ( β j i ) j < i (\beta_{ji})_{j<i} ( β j i ) j < i identify the slice with two copies of n \mathfrak{n} n . □
Proof of the orbit classification
Proof of Theorem 1.1 . The residue functor and its essential surjectivity are established in Proposition 4.4 . For a fixed residue vector μ \mu μ , Proposition 5.4 identifies the fibre groupoid with the action groupoid [ A μ ( C ) / U 1 ( C ) ] [A_\mu(\mathbb{C})/U_1(\mathbb{C})] [ A μ ( C ) / U 1 ( C )] . The unique-slice theorem Theorem 5.9 identifies this groupoid with the discrete affine groupoid n ⊕ n \mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n} n ⊕ n and supplies the unique representative (1.1). Conversely, Proposition 5.3 shows that every point of the slice is an admissible object with the required diagonal monodromy. The equivalence on each residue fibre is induced by the unique normalisation, and all automorphism groups are trivial. □
Corollary 5.10. Every fully framed residue fibre is a discrete groupoid equivalent to the complex points of A C r ( r − 1 ) A_{\mathbb{C}}^{r(r-1)} A C r ( r − 1 ) . In particular, unit eigenvalues and repeated diagonal monodromy eigenvalues change neither the affine parameter count nor the stabiliser groups: the latter are always trivial.
Proof. This follows from Theorem 1.1 , since 2 dim n = r ( r − 1 ) 2\dim\mathfrak{n}=r(r-1) 2 dim n = r ( r − 1 ) . □
The conclusion does not identify different strata as moduli problems. Their affine parameter spaces are abstractly isomorphic, but the universal normal-form connections and their monodromy maps depend on the residue differences. This distinction is illustrated in rank two below.
Rank-two degenerate geometry
Assume r = 2 r=2 r = 2 and the two prescribed diagonal monodromy eigenvalues are equal to c c c . Fix μ 1 , μ 2 ∈ Log − ( c ) \mu_1,\mu_2\in\operatorname{Log}_{-}(c) μ 1 , μ 2 ∈ Log − ( c ) and set
λ = μ 2 − μ 1 ∈ Z . \lambda=\mu_2-\mu_1\in\mathbb{Z}. λ = μ 2 − μ 1 ∈ Z .
The normal form is
∇ α , β = d + ( μ 1 z − 1 q α , β ( z ) 0 μ 2 z − 1 ) d z , q α , β = α z − 2 + β ρ λ . (14) \nabla_{\alpha,\beta}=d+\begin{pmatrix}\mu_1z^{-1}&q_{\alpha,\beta}(z)\\0&\mu_2z^{-1}\end{pmatrix}dz,\qquad q_{\alpha,\beta}=\alpha z^{-2}+\beta\rho_\lambda. \tag*{(14)} ∇ α , β = d + ( μ 1 z − 1 0 q α , β ( z ) μ 2 z − 1 ) d z , q α , β = α z − 2 + β ρ λ . (14)
Proposition 6.1. With the horizontal convention fixed in the introduction, the monodromy of (14) with respect to the standard frame at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 is
T α , β = c ( 1 − 2 π i ν λ ( α , β ) 0 1 ) . T_{\alpha,\beta}=c\begin{pmatrix}1&-2\pi i\nu_\lambda(\alpha,\beta)\\0&1\end{pmatrix}. T α , β = c ( 1 0 − 2 π i ν λ ( α , β ) 1 ) . where
ν λ ( α , β ) = res 0 ( q α , β ( z ) z − λ d z ) = { β , λ ≥ 0 , α , λ = − 1 , 0 , λ ≤ − 2. (15) \nu_\lambda(\alpha,\beta)=\operatorname{res}_{0}\bigl(q_{\alpha,\beta}(z)z^{-\lambda}\,dz\bigr)=
\begin{cases}
\beta,&\lambda\geq0,\\
\alpha,&\lambda=-1,\\
0,&\lambda\leq-2.
\end{cases} \tag*{(15)} ν λ ( α , β ) = res 0 ( q α , β ( z ) z − λ d z ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ β , α , 0 , λ ≥ 0 , λ = − 1 , λ ≤ − 2. (15)
Proof. On a simply connected sector containing the base point z = 1 z=1 z = 1 , choose branches of z − μ 1 z^{-\mu_1} z − μ 1 and z − μ 2 z^{-\mu_2} z − μ 2 normalised to equal 1 1 1 at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 , and choose the integration constant below so that f ( 1 ) = 0 f(1)=0 f ( 1 ) = 0 . Then the resulting fundamental solution satisfies Y ( 1 ) = I 2 Y(1)=I_2 Y ( 1 ) = I 2 and may be written as
Y ( z ) = ( z − μ 1 z − μ 1 f ( z ) 0 z − μ 2 ) . Y(z)=\begin{pmatrix}z^{-\mu_1}&z^{-\mu_1}f(z)\\0&z^{-\mu_2}\end{pmatrix}. Y ( z ) = ( z − μ 1 0 z − μ 1 f ( z ) z − μ 2 ) .
The equation d Y + A Y d z = 0 dY+AY\,dz=0 d Y + A Y d z = 0 gives
f ′ ( z ) = − q α , β ( z ) z − λ . f'(z)=-q_{\alpha,\beta}(z)z^{-\lambda}. f ′ ( z ) = − q α , β ( z ) z − λ .
Since λ ∈ Z \lambda\in\mathbb{Z} λ ∈ Z , the integrand is single-valued on the punctured disc. After one positive circuit, f f f changes by
− ∮ q α , β ( z ) z − λ d z = − 2 π i ν λ ( α , β ) . -\oint q_{\alpha,\beta}(z)z^{-\lambda}\,dz=-2\pi i\nu_\lambda(\alpha,\beta). − ∮ q α , β ( z ) z − λ d z = − 2 π i ν λ ( α , β ) .
Both diagonal factors acquire the same multiplier c c c . Right multiplication of Y Y Y by the displayed matrix therefore gives its analytic continuation. If λ = m ≥ 0 \lambda=m\geq0 λ = m ≥ 0 , then
q α , β z − λ = α z − m − 2 + β z − 1 , q_{\alpha,\beta}z^{-\lambda}=\alpha z^{-m-2}+\beta z^{-1}, q α , β z − λ = α z − m − 2 + β z − 1 ,
so the residue is β \beta β . If λ = − 1 \lambda=-1 λ = − 1 , then
q α , β z − λ = α z − 1 + β , q_{\alpha,\beta}z^{-\lambda}=\alpha z^{-1}+\beta, q α , β z − λ = α z − 1 + β ,
and the residue is α \alpha α . If λ ≤ − 2 \lambda\leq-2 λ ≤ − 2 , neither term has exponent − 1 -1 − 1 , and the residue vanishes. □
Corollary 6.2. Every repeated-eigenvalue residue stratum is the affine plane A α , β 2 \mathbb{A}^2_{\alpha,\beta} A α , β 2 , but its Jordan stratification depends on λ \lambda λ :
(i) if λ ≥ 0 \lambda\geq0 λ ≥ 0 , the non-scalar locus is { β ≠ 0 } \{\beta\neq0\} { β = 0 } ;
(ii) if λ = − 1 \lambda=-1 λ = − 1 , the non-scalar locus is { α ≠ 0 } \{\alpha\neq0\} { α = 0 } ;
(iii) if λ ≤ − 2 \lambda\leq-2 λ ≤ − 2 , the monodromy is scalar throughout the stratum.
Thus isomorphic affine orbit spaces may carry different universal connections and different monodromy maps.
Proof. The affine-plane statement is Theorem 1.1 in rank two. By Proposition 6.1 , the monodromy is non-scalar if and only if ν λ ( α , β ) ≠ 0 \nu_\lambda(\alpha,\beta)\neq0 ν λ ( α , β ) = 0 . Formula (15) identifies this condition with β ≠ 0 \beta\neq0 β = 0 for λ ≥ 0 \lambda\geq0 λ ≥ 0 and with α ≠ 0 \alpha\neq0 α = 0 for λ = − 1 \lambda=-1 λ = − 1 ; for λ ≤ − 2 \lambda\leq-2 λ ≤ − 2 , the non-scalar locus is empty. □
The last case does not contradict the existence of Jordan monodromy with eigenvalue c c c . It says only that such monodromy cannot occur in residue strata with λ ≤ − 2 \lambda\leq-2 λ ≤ − 2 . This is the normal-form manifestation of the constraint in Remark 3.3 .
Descent from the ordered frame
The geometry of invariant flags, Borel quotients and Springer fibres used below is classical; see Springer [27 ] , and compare the parahoric Riemann–Hilbert description of Boalch [5 ] . This section identifies what is forgotten in passing from the fully framed Kontsevich–Szabó slice to flagged and unframed objects, especially for repeated spectra and spectra containing the eigenvalue 1.
Re-framing and the obstruction to intrinsic affine coordinates
The affine slice of Theorem 1.1 classifies fully framed objects. We next examine the effect of changing the ordered frame while keeping the underlying meromorphic connection fixed. This is the local analogue of passing from framed to parabolic or parahoric Riemann–Hilbert data [5 , 13 ] ; it is also the first necessary test for attaching the coordinates of the slice to an atom without a chosen framing.
Let ∇ α , β \nabla_{\alpha,\beta} ∇ α , β be the standard-framed normal form (1) . Replace the standard row frame e ( 1 ) \mathbf{e}(1) e ( 1 ) by e ( 1 ) C \mathbf{e}(1)C e ( 1 ) C , where C ∈ B C \in B C ∈ B . Returning the new framed object to the standard frame uses the constant gauge C − 1 C^{-1} C − 1 ; hence the connection matrix becomes
A ( z ) ⟼ C A ( z ) C − 1 . (16) A(z) \longmapsto C A(z) C^{-1}. \tag*{(16)} A ( z ) ⟼ C A ( z ) C − 1 . (16)
The resulting matrix is again upper triangular, and it may then be returned to the distinguished slice by the unique framed unipotent normalisation of Theorem 5.9.
Proposition 7.1. Let D = diag ( d 1 , … , d r ) ∈ B D = \operatorname{diag}(d_1,\ldots,d_r) \in B D = diag ( d 1 , … , d r ) ∈ B be diagonal. The equivalence relation on the affine slice induced by replacing the ordered frame by e ( 1 ) D \mathbf{e}(1)D e ( 1 ) D is
α j i ⟼ d j d i α j i , β j i ⟼ d j d i β j i ( j < i ) . (17) \alpha_{ji} \longmapsto\frac{d_j}{d_i}\alpha_{ji}, \qquad\beta_{ji} \longmapsto\frac{d_j}{d_i}\beta_{ji} \qquad(j < i). \tag*{(17)} α j i ⟼ d i d j α j i , β j i ⟼ d i d j β j i ( j < i ) . (17) Consequently, none of the individual affine coordinates descends to the object obtained by forgetting the ordered framing.
Proof. Since D D D commutes with M μ M_\mu M μ and
D E j i D − 1 = d j d i E j i , D E_{ji} D^{-1} = \frac{d_j}{d_i} E_{ji}, D E j i D − 1 = d i d j E j i ,
formula (16) sends the normal form directly to another point of the same distinguished slice, with coordinates given by (17) . No further unipotent normalisation is required. Choosing D D D with d j / d i ≠ 1 d_j/d_i \ne1 d j / d i = 1 proves that a non-zero coordinate cannot be invariant under change of framing. □
Let H ≅ ( G m ) r ⊂ B H \cong(\mathbb{G}_m)^r \subset B H ≅ ( G m ) r ⊂ B denote the diagonal torus.
Corollary 7.2. The ring of polynomial invariants of the diagonal re-framing torus on the affine slice is trivial:
C [ n ⊕ n ] H = C , \mathbb{C}[\mathfrak{n} \oplus\mathfrak{n}]^H = \mathbb{C}, C [ n ⊕ n ] H = C , where the central scalar subgroup acts trivially and H / G m H/\mathbb{G}_m H / G m acts effectively. Hence the affine categorical quotient of the slice by diagonal re-framing is a point.
Proof. Consider the one-parameter subgroup
D ( t ) = diag ( t − 1 , t − 2 , … , t − r ) . D(t) = \operatorname{diag}(t^{-1},t^{-2},\ldots,t^{-r}). D ( t ) = diag ( t − 1 , t − 2 , … , t − r ) .
For every j < i j < i j < i , both α j i \alpha_{ji} α j i and β j i \beta_{ji} β j i have strictly positive weight i − j i-j i − j under (17) . Every non-constant monomial therefore has strictly positive weight and cannot be invariant. Thus only constants are invariant under this one-parameter subgroup, and hence under the full diagonal torus. □
The additional unipotent ambiguity can be described in rank two. Put
A α , β ( z ) = 1 z ( μ 1 0 0 μ 2 ) + ( α z − 2 + β ρ λ ( z ) ) E 12 , λ = μ 2 − μ 1 . A_{\alpha,\beta}(z) = \frac{1}{z}
\begin{pmatrix}
\mu_1 & 0 \\
0 & \mu_2
\end{pmatrix}
+ \left(\alpha z^{-2} + \beta\rho_\lambda(z)\right)E_{12},
\qquad\lambda= \mu_2 - \mu_1. A α , β ( z ) = z 1 ( μ 1 0 0 μ 2 ) + ( α z − 2 + β ρ λ ( z ) ) E 12 , λ = μ 2 − μ 1 .
For s ∈ C s \in\mathbb{C} s ∈ C , set N s = I 2 + s E 12 N_s = I_2 + sE_{12} N s = I 2 + s E 12 .
Proposition 7.4. The equivalence relation induced by replacing the standard frame by e ( 1 ) N s \mathbf{e}(1)N_s e ( 1 ) N s and returning to the distinguished slice is
( α , β ) ⟼ { ( α , β ) , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , ( α , β + s λ ) , λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 . (\alpha,\beta)\longmapsto
\begin{cases}
(\alpha,\beta), & \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0},\\
(\alpha,\beta+s\lambda), & \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0}.
\end{cases} ( α , β ) ⟼ { ( α , β ) , ( α , β + s λ ) , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 . In particular, when λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 , the parameter β \beta β can be removed after the ordered framing is forgotten.
Proof. A direct calculation gives
N s A α , β ( z ) N s − 1 = A α , β ( z ) + s λ z − 1 E 12 . N_sA_{\alpha,\beta}(z)N_s^{-1}=A_{\alpha,\beta}(z)+s\lambda z^{-1}E_{12}. N s A α , β ( z ) N s − 1 = A α , β ( z ) + s λ z − 1 E 12 .
It remains to project s λ z − 1 s\lambda z^{-1} s λ z − 1 to the scalar normal-form complement of Lemma 5.5. If λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 , then ρ λ = z − 1 \rho_\lambda=z^{-1} ρ λ = z − 1 , so this changes β \beta β by s λ s\lambda s λ . If λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , the added term vanishes. If λ = m ≥ 1 \lambda=m\geq1 λ = m ≥ 1 , then
z − 1 = L m ( z m − 1 m ) , z^{-1}=L_m\left(\frac{z^m-1}{m}\right), z − 1 = L m ( m z m − 1 ) ,
with ( z m − 1 ) / m (z^m-1)/m ( z m − 1 ) / m vanishing at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 ; hence the added term is framed-gauge trivial and the distinguished coordinates do not change. □
Corollary 7.5. In rank two, after allowing upper triangular re-framing, the affine coordinates are never canonical. If λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 , every re-framing class contains a representative with β = 0 \beta=0 β = 0 , and the remaining diagonal scaling has only the two set-theoretic orbits α = 0 \alpha=0 α = 0 and α ≠ 0 \alpha\ne0 α = 0 . If λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , the unipotent re-framing acts trivially on the distinguished slice, while diagonal scaling identifies non-zero scalar multiples of ( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) .
Proof. Combine the unipotent translation of Proposition 7.4 with the common weight-one diagonal action of Proposition 7.1 . In the non-resonant range the additive parameter sets β \beta β equal to zero, after which diagonal scaling has the two stated set-theoretic orbits in the remaining coordinate. In the resonant range the unipotent action is trivial and the diagonal torus identifies the non-zero scalar multiples. □
The results above show that the first descent problem has no coordinatewise solution. The coordinates ( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) are invariants of a fully framed residual constituent, not of a constituent after the ordered basis has been forgotten. There are, however, two distinct forgetting operations. Quotienting by the standard Borel forgets the ordered basis while retaining the full invariant flag that it spans. Forgetting the flag itself is a further operation and is not represented by the same quotient in the presence of repeated eigenvalues. The next section describes this distinction.
The flagged quotient and its structural interpretation
Fix a residue vector μ \mu μ and write
S μ = n ⊕ n S_\mu=\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n} S μ = n ⊕ n
for the affine normal-form slice of Theorem 1.1 . The passage from a basis to the full flag it spans is classical, as is the appearance of parabolic or Borel data on the Betti side of the Riemann–Hilbert correspondence; compare [14 , 13 , 5 ] . What is specific here is the induced action on the affine slice and its interaction with resonance. The construction of § 7.1 assigns to each C ∈ B C\in B C ∈ B and x ∈ S μ x\in S_\mu x ∈ S μ a new point of the same slice: change the standard frame by C C C , conjugate the connection by C C C , and apply the unique framed unipotent normalisation. We denote this action by
B × S μ ⟶ S μ , ( C , x ) ⟼ C ⋆ x . B\times S_\mu\longrightarrow S_\mu,\qquad(C,x)\longmapsto C\star x. B × S μ ⟶ S μ , ( C , x ) ⟼ C ⋆ x .
The central scalar subgroup G m ⊂ B G_m\subset B G m ⊂ B acts trivially.
Proposition 7.6. For every fixed residue vector μ \mu μ , the operation ⋆ \star ⋆ is an algebraic action of B B B on the affine space S μ S_\mu S μ . With respect to the height filtration of n n n , the action is triangular: the transformation of a coordinate of height h h h depends only on the entries of C C C and on normal-form coordinates of height at most h h h . Its restriction to the diagonal torus is the root-weight action of (17) .
Proof. Conjugation by a constant element of B B B is regular in the entries of C C C , in the inverses of its diagonal entries, and in the affine coordinates of the slice. It preserves upper triangularity and the diagonal residue vector. Starting from a point of S μ S_\mu S μ , constant conjugation produces only a finite linear combination of the Laurent monomials already present together with the diagonal z − 1 z^{-1} z − 1 -term. On this finite-dimensional coefficient space, the projection furnished by Lemma 5.5 is a fixed complex-linear map depending only on the constants μ i − μ j \mu_i-\mu_j μ i − μ j . The height-by-height normalisation therefore uses only finitely many additions, multiplications, and inversions of the diagonal entries of C C C . Inductively, every normalised coordinate is a regular function on B × S μ B\times S_\mu B × S μ . Uniqueness of the distinguished normal form shows that the transformation associated with C 1 C 2 C_1C_2 C 1 C 2 agrees with the composite of those associated with C 2 C_2 C 2 and C 1 C_1 C 1 . Thus ⋆ \star ⋆ is an algebraic group action. The filtration statement follows from
[ n ( a ) , n ( b ) ] ⊆ n ( a + b ) , [\mathfrak{n}^{(a)},\mathfrak{n}^{(b)}]\subseteq\mathfrak{n}^{(a+b)}, [ n ( a ) , n ( b ) ] ⊆ n ( a + b ) ,
and the torus formula is Proposition 7.1 .
Definition 7.7. The intrinsic flagged orbit stack in the residue stratum μ \mu μ is
A μ f l a g : = [ S μ / B ] . \mathcal{A}^{\mathrm{flag}}_{\mu}:=[S_{\mu}/B]. A μ flag := [ S μ / B ] . Its effective rigidification with respect to the trivially acting central scalar subgroup is
[ S μ / ( B / G m ) ] . [S_{\mu}/(B/\mathbb{G}_{m})]. [ S μ / ( B / G m )] .
Proposition 7.8. The stack A μ f l a g \mathcal{A}^{\mathrm{flag}}_{\mu} A μ flag classifies, on complex points, prescribed-lattice connections in the residue stratum μ \mu μ together with a marked invariant full flag, but without a chosen ordered basis inducing that flag. It is thus the quotient obtained from the fully framed Kontsevich–Szabó problem by forgetting the ordered basis while retaining its flag.
Proof. Two ordered bases induce the same full flag if and only if they differ by right multiplication by an element of B B B . The fully framed classification identifies every such object with a unique point of S μ S_{\mu} S μ , and changing the basis within its flag induces the action ⋆ \star ⋆ . Passing to the action groupoid therefore forgets the basis and remembers the flag. Stabiliser groups are retained by the quotient stack, as required when the connection admits non-trivial flag-preserving automorphisms after the framing has been removed. □
Remark 7.9. The quotient by B B B does not, in general, produce an unflagged constituent. It retains the full flag in the fibre at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 which is preserved by the monodromy. To forget that flag one must pass to the groupoid of the underlying residual connections modulo arbitrary changes of basis. Equivalently, one may form the G L r \mathrm{GL}_{r} GL r -equivariant induced space
G L r × B S μ \mathrm{GL}_{r}\times^{B}S_{\mu} GL r × B S μ
and then forget the marked flag in the associated pair. The quotient
[ G L r × B S μ / G L r ] ≃ [ S μ / B ] [\mathrm{GL}_{r}\times^{B}S_{\mu}/\mathrm{GL}_{r}]\simeq[S_{\mu}/B] [ GL r × B S μ / GL r ] ≃ [ S μ / B ]
still classifies the connection together with a marked invariant full flag. The scheme of possible marked flags is determined by the monodromy and is described in § 7.3 ; the stack-theoretic fibre also retains the action of the automorphism group of the connection. In particular, after fixing the ordering of distinct eigenvalues, the regular semisimple flag scheme is a point, whereas repeated eigenvalues may produce positive-dimensional Springer fibres.
We can compute the flagged quotient in rank two. Put
B e f f = B / G m ≅ G m ⋉ G a . B_{\mathrm{eff}}=B/\mathbb{G}_{m}\cong\mathbb{G}_{m}\ltimes\mathbb{G}_{a}. B eff = B / G m ≅ G m ⋉ G a .
Write an element as D ( t ) N s D(t)N_s D ( t ) N s , where t = d 1 / d 2 t=d_1/d_2 t = d 1 / d 2 , and retain the notation λ = μ 2 − μ 1 \lambda=\mu_2-\mu_1 λ = μ 2 − μ 1 .
Theorem 7.10. On the rank-two affine slice A α , β 2 A^2_{\alpha,\beta} A α , β 2 , the effective Borel action is
( t , s ) ⋆ ( α , β ) = { ( t α , t β ) , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , ( t α , t ( β + s λ ) ) , λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 . (t,s)\star(\alpha,\beta)=
\begin{cases}
(t\alpha,t\beta), & \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0},\\
(t\alpha,t(\beta+s\lambda)), & \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0}.
\end{cases} ( t , s ) ⋆ ( α , β ) = { ( t α , tβ ) , ( t α , t ( β + s λ )) , λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 . Consequently:
(i) if λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 , then [ A 2 / B e f f ] ≃ [ A 1 / G m ] [A^2/B_{\mathrm{eff}}]\simeq[A^1/\mathbb{G}_{m}] [ A 2 / B eff ] ≃ [ A 1 / G m ] ;
(ii) if λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , the unipotent radical acts trivially, and the rigidification of the quotient by that trivially acting subgroup is
[ A α , β 2 / G m ] , [A^2_{\alpha,\beta}/\mathbb{G}_{m}], [ A α , β 2 / G m ] , with both coordinates of weight one. Its non-zero locus has geometric quotient P 1 \mathbb{P}^{1} P 1 .
In both cases the affine categorical quotient is a point, but the quotient stack retains non-trivial orbit and stabiliser data.
Proof. The displayed action combines Propositions 7.1 and 7.4 ; the order D ( t ) N s D(t)N_s D ( t ) N s gives the common factor t t t . If λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 , the additive subgroup acts freely and transitively on every affine line with fixed α \alpha α , and every orbit meets { β = 0 } \{\beta=0\} { β = 0 } once. The residual action on that section is α ↦ t α \alpha\mapsto t\alpha α ↦ t α , which gives the first equivalence of quotient stacks. If λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ Z ≥ 0 , the additive subgroup acts trivially by Proposition 7.4 ; rigidifying it leaves the simultaneous weight-one action of G m \mathbb{G}_{m} G m . The quotient of m a t h b b A 2 ∖ { 0 } mathbb{A}^{2}\setminus\{0\} ma t hbb A 2 ∖ { 0 } by this action is P 1 \mathbb{P}^{1} P 1 . Finally, in either case all non-constant polynomial functions have positive diagonal weight after the free additive direction is removed, so the affine invariant ring consists only of constants. □
Corollary 7.11. For the local moduli problem defined by Kontsevich and Szabó, the quotient stack [ S μ / B ] [S_\mu/B] [ S μ / B ] is the natural recipient for intrinsic data after the ordered basis is forgotten but the invariant full flag is retained. When eigenvalues repeat, this stack is not, in general, equivalent to the unflagged moduli problem. The latter requires, in addition, the descent along the forgetful morphism from marked invariant flags to the underlying residual connection.
Proof. The first assertion is Proposition 7.8. The second follows from the description of the further forgetful fibre in Proposition 7.17 : when repeated eigenvalues occur, the scheme of invariant full flags need not be a point, so quotienting only by B B B cannot forget the flag itself. □
Invariant monodromy flags and the unflagged descent
The full flag occurring in the original groupoid is a flag in the fibre at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 preserved by the monodromy. It is not a constant flag in a chosen trivialisation which must be preserved by every Laurent coefficient of the connection matrix. Accordingly, the scheme of possible invariant flags is governed by the monodromy operator itself; the corresponding 2-fibre also records the action of the automorphism group of the underlying connection.
Let V V V be a complex vector space of dimension r r r , let T ∈ GL ( V ) T \in\operatorname{GL}(V) T ∈ GL ( V ) , and let
c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r \mathbf{c}=(c_1,\ldots,c_r)\in(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^r c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r
be an ordered list whose multiset is the spectrum of T T T , counted with algebraic multiplicity.
Definition 7.12. The ordered invariant-flag functor Flag c ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Flag c ( T ) assigns to a complex scheme S S S the set of full flags of subbundles
0 = F 0 ⊂ F 1 ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ F r = V ⊗ C O S 0=\mathcal{F}_0\subset\mathcal{F}_1\subset\cdots\subset\mathcal{F}_r=V\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathcal{O}_S 0 = F 0 ⊂ F 1 ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ F r = V ⊗ C O S
such that
( T ⊗ 1 ) ( F i ) ⊆ F i (T\otimes1)(\mathcal{F}_i)\subseteq\mathcal{F}_i ( T ⊗ 1 ) ( F i ) ⊆ F i
for every i i i , and the endomorphism induced by T ⊗ 1 T\otimes1 T ⊗ 1 on the line bundle F i / F i − 1 \mathcal{F}_i/\mathcal{F}_{i-1} F i / F i − 1 is multiplication by c i c_i c i .
Proposition 7.13. The functor Flag c ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Flag c ( T ) is represented by a closed projective subscheme of the full flag variety Flag ( V ) \operatorname{Flag}(V) Flag ( V ) .
Proof. Let
0 = F 0 u n i v ⊂ F 1 u n i v ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ F r u n i v = V ⊗ O Flag ( V ) 0=\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_0\subset\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_1\subset\cdots\subset\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_r=V\otimes\mathcal{O}_{\operatorname{Flag}(V)} 0 = F 0 univ ⊂ F 1 univ ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ F r univ = V ⊗ O Flag ( V ) be the universal flag. The condition that T T T preserve F i u n i v \mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_i F i univ is the vanishing of the bundle morphism
F i u n i v → T V ⊗ O Flag ( V ) ⟶ ( V ⊗ O Flag ( V ) ) / F i u n i v . \mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_i\xrightarrow{T}V\otimes\mathcal{O}_{\operatorname{Flag}(V)}\longrightarrow\left(V\otimes\mathcal{O}_{\operatorname{Flag}(V)}\right)/\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_i. F i univ T V ⊗ O Flag ( V ) ⟶ ( V ⊗ O Flag ( V ) ) / F i univ . It therefore cuts out a closed subscheme. On that closed subscheme, the requirement that the induced endomorphism of the universal line quotient
L i = F i u n i v / F i − 1 u n i v \mathcal{L}_i=\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_i/\mathcal{F}^{\mathrm{univ}}_{i-1} L i = F i univ / F i − 1 univ be c i Id L i c_i\operatorname{Id}_{\mathcal{L}_i} c i Id L i is again a closed condition, namely the vanishing of an endomorphism of a line bundle. Intersecting these finitely many zero schemes gives Flag c ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Flag c ( T ) . Since the full flag variety is projective, so is this closed subscheme. □
Let the distinct eigenvalues of T T T be a ∈ Σ a\in\Sigma a ∈ Σ . Write
V = ⨁ a ∈ Σ V a , T ∣ V a = a I V a + N a , V=\bigoplus_{a\in\Sigma}V_a,\qquad T|_{V_a}=aI_{V_a}+N_a, V = a ∈ Σ ⨁ V a , T ∣ V a = a I V a + N a ,
where V a V_a V a is the generalised a a a -eigenspace and N a N_a N a is nilpotent. Denote by B ( N a ) \mathcal{B}(N_a) B ( N a ) the Springer fibre of N a N_a N a , namely the scheme of full flags in V a V_a V a preserved by N a N_a N a ; see [27 ] .
Theorem 7.14. There is an isomorphism of projective schemes
Flag c ( T ) ≅ ∏ a ∈ Σ B ( N a ) . \operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T)\cong\prod_{a\in\Sigma}\mathcal{B}(N_a). Flag c ( T ) ≅ a ∈ Σ ∏ B ( N a ) . The isomorphism depends on the prescribed order c \mathbf{c} c only through the positions at which each eigenvalue occurs.
Proof. For each a ∈ Σ a\in\Sigma a ∈ Σ , let e a = p a ( T ) e_a=p_a(T) e a = p a ( T ) be the spectral idempotent projecting V V V onto V a V_a V a . If W ⊂ V ⊗ O S W\subset V\otimes\mathcal{O}_S W ⊂ V ⊗ O S is a T T T -stable subbundle, then every polynomial in T T T preserves W W W . The restriction e a ∣ W e_a|_W e a ∣ W is an idempotent O S \mathcal{O}_S O S -endomorphism, so its image e a ( W ) e_a(W) e a ( W ) is a locally free direct summand of W W W , and
W = ⨁ a ∈ Σ e a ( W ) . W=\bigoplus_{a\in\Sigma}e_a(W). W = a ∈ Σ ⨁ e a ( W ) .
Apply this to every member F i \mathcal{F}_i F i of a flag in Flag c ( T ) ( S ) \operatorname{Flag}_{c}(T)(S) Flag c ( T ) ( S ) . Let
m a ( i ) = # { k ≤ i : c k = a } . m_a(i)=\#\{k\leq i:c_k=a\}. m a ( i ) = # { k ≤ i : c k = a } .
On the line quotient F k / F k − 1 \mathcal{F}_k/\mathcal{F}_{k-1} F k / F k − 1 , the idempotent e a = p a ( T ) e_a=p_a(T) e a = p a ( T ) acts as multiplication by p a ( c k ) p_a(c_k) p a ( c k ) , which is 1 if c k = a c_k=a c k = a and 0 otherwise. It follows inductively that e a F i e_a\mathcal{F}_i e a F i has rank m a ( i ) m_a(i) m a ( i ) . Removing repetitions as i i i varies produces a full flag
0 ⊂ G a , 1 ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ G a , dim V a = V a ⊗ O S 0\subset\mathcal{G}_{a,1}\subset\cdots\subset\mathcal{G}_{a,\dim V_a}=V_a\otimes\mathcal{O}_S 0 ⊂ G a , 1 ⊂ ⋯ ⊂ G a , d i m V a = V a ⊗ O S
which is preserved by T ∣ V a T|_{V_a} T ∣ V a , equivalently by N a N_a N a .
Conversely, given an N a N_a N a -stable full flag ( G a , k ) k (\mathcal{G}_{a,k})_k ( G a , k ) k in every V a ⊗ O S V_a\otimes\mathcal{O}_S V a ⊗ O S , define
F i = ⨁ a ∈ Σ G a , m a ( i ) , G a , 0 = 0. \mathcal{F}_i=\bigoplus_{a\in\Sigma}\mathcal{G}_{a,m_a(i)},\qquad\mathcal{G}_{a,0}=0. F i = a ∈ Σ ⨁ G a , m a ( i ) , G a , 0 = 0.
This is a full flag, it is preserved by T T T , and T T T acts on F i / F i − 1 \mathcal{F}_i/\mathcal{F}_{i-1} F i / F i − 1 as multiplication by c i c_i c i . The two constructions are inverse and are functorial in S S S , hence define the asserted scheme isomorphism. □
Corollary 7.15. If T T T is regular semisimple and the ordering of its distinct eigenvalues is fixed, then Flag c ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{c}(T) Flag c ( T ) is a single reduced point. If T = c I V T=cI_V T = c I V , then
Flag ( c , … , c ) ( T ) = Flag ( V ) . \operatorname{Flag}_{(c,\ldots,c)}(T)=\operatorname{Flag}(V). Flag ( c , … , c ) ( T ) = Flag ( V ) . If T T T has a single eigenvalue and one Jordan block, then the invariant-flag scheme is a single reduced point.
Proof. In the regular semisimple case every generalised eigenspace is one-dimensional, so every factor in Theorem 7.14 is a point. For a scalar operator every flag is invariant. A regular nilpotent operator has a unique stable full flag, namely the flag by kernels of its successive powers; its Springer fibre is a reduced point. □
We now describe the fibre of the forgetting morphism.
Definition 7.16. Let A c u n f l a g \mathcal{A}^{\mathrm{unflag}}_c A c unflag be the groupoid whose objects are pairs ( E , ∇ ) (E,\nabla) ( E , ∇ ) satisfying the connection-theoretic conditions of Definition 3.1 and whose monodromy has characteristic polynomial
∏ i = 1 r ( t − c i ) , \prod_{i=1}^{r}(t-c_i), i = 1 ∏ r ( t − c i ) , with morphisms given by holomorphic gauges. Let A c f l a g \mathcal{A}^{\mathrm{flag}}_c A c flag be the groupoid of triples ( E , ∇ , F ∙ ) (E,\nabla,\mathcal{F}_\bullet) ( E , ∇ , F ∙ ) , where ( E , ∇ ) (E,\nabla) ( E , ∇ ) is such an object and F ∙ \mathcal{F}_\bullet F ∙ is a full flag in E ∣ z = 1 E|_{z=1} E ∣ z = 1 represented by a point of Flag c ( T ∇ ) \operatorname{Flag}_{c}(T_\nabla) Flag c ( T ∇ ) . Morphisms are gauges whose value at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 carries the marked flag to the marked flag. There is a forgetful morphism
π f o r g : A c f l a g ⟶ A c u n f l a g . \pi_{\mathrm{forg}}:\mathcal{A}^{\mathrm{flag}}_c\longrightarrow\mathcal{A}^{\mathrm{unflag}}_c. π forg : A c flag ⟶ A c unflag .
Let x = ( E , ∇ ) x=(E,\nabla) x = ( E , ∇ ) be an unflagged residual constituent and let T x T_x T x be its monodromy on E ∣ z = 1 E|_{z=1} E ∣ z = 1 . Let Aut ( x ) \operatorname{Aut}(x) Aut ( x ) be the group of holomorphic gauge automorphisms of ( E , ∇ ) (E,\nabla) ( E , ∇ ) . Evaluation at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 gives an injective homomorphism
ev 1 : Aut ( x ) ↪ Z GL ( E ∣ 1 ) ( T x ) , \operatorname{ev}_1:\operatorname{Aut}(x)\hookrightarrow Z_{\operatorname{GL}(E|_1)}(T_x), ev 1 : Aut ( x ) ↪ Z GL ( E ∣ 1 ) ( T x ) ,
because an automorphism is horizontal, is determined by its value at one point, and its value commutes with monodromy.
Proposition 7.17. The 2-fibre of π f o r g \pi_{\mathrm{forg}} π forg over the unflagged object x = ( E , ∇ ) x=(E,\nabla) x = ( E , ∇ ) is equivalent to the action groupoid
[ Flag c ( T x ) / Aut ( x ) ] , [\operatorname{Flag}_{c}(T_x)/\operatorname{Aut}(x)], [ Flag c ( T x ) / Aut ( x )] , where Aut ( x ) \operatorname{Aut}(x) Aut ( x ) acts through evaluation at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 .
Proof. An object of the 2-fibre is a full flag in E ∣ z = 1 E|_{z=1} E ∣ z = 1 preserved by T x T_x T x , with the prescribed ordered action c i c_i c i on the successive quotients. Thus its objects are the points of Flag c ( T x ) \operatorname{Flag}_{c}(T_x) Flag c ( T x ) . A morphism between two such lifts is an automorphism of ( E , ∇ ) (E,\nabla) ( E , ∇ ) carrying one flag to the other. Since a horizontal automorphism is determined by its value at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 , this is the action groupoid displayed above. □
Corollary 7.18. Let r = 2 r=2 r = 2 and suppose that the characteristic polynomial of T T T is ( t − c 1 ) ( t − c 2 ) (t-c_1)(t-c_2) ( t − c 1 ) ( t − c 2 ) .
If c 1 ≠ c 2 c_1\ne c_2 c 1 = c 2 , then Flag ( c 1 , c 2 ) ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{(c_1,c_2)}(T) Flag ( c 1 , c 2 ) ( T ) is the single reduced point P ( ker ( T − c 1 I ) ) \mathbb{P}(\ker(T-c_1I)) P ( ker ( T − c 1 I )) .
If c 1 = c 2 = c c_1=c_2=c c 1 = c 2 = c and T ≠ c I T\ne cI T = c I , then T = c I + N T=cI+N T = c I + N with N ≠ 0 N\ne0 N = 0 and N 2 = 0 N^2=0 N 2 = 0 , and
Flag ( c , c ) ( T ) = P ( ker N ) \operatorname{Flag}_{(c,c)}(T)=\mathbb{P}(\ker N) Flag ( c , c ) ( T ) = P ( ker N ) is a single reduced point.
(iii) If T = c I T=cI T = c I , then
Flag ( c , c ) ( T ) = P 1 . \operatorname{Flag}_{(c,c)}(T)=\mathbb{P}^{1}. Flag ( c , c ) ( T ) = P 1 .
Consequently, in rank two the choice of invariant flag is non-trivial only on the scalar-monodromy locus; there the parameter scheme before dividing by automorphisms is P 1 \mathbb{P}^{1} P 1 .
Proof. A full flag in dimension two is a line L ⊂ V L\subset V L ⊂ V . The ordered condition requires T ∣ L = c 1 I L T|_L=c_1I_L T ∣ L = c 1 I L . If c 1 ≠ c 2 c_1\ne c_2 c 1 = c 2 , the c 1 c_1 c 1 -eigenspace is one-dimensional and gives the unique line. If c 1 = c 2 = c c_1=c_2=c c 1 = c 2 = c and T ≠ c I T\ne cI T = c I , the nilpotent operator N = T − c I N=T-cI N = T − c I has rank one and its kernel is the unique line on which T T T acts as c c c . If T = c I T=cI T = c I , every line is admissible. The equations are linear in homogeneous coordinates, so the unique-point schemes in the first two cases are reduced. □
The invariant-flag scheme is determined by the monodromy on the framed fibre. Requiring a constant flag in a chosen trivialisation to be preserved by every Laurent coefficient of a connection matrix would be a strictly stronger, gauge-dependent condition and is not the forgetting problem attached to the groupoid of Kontsevich and Szabó.
The rigidification torsor of a residual constituent
We next determine the ordered-framing ambiguity before comparing the local connection with a global atom. Let V V V be a complex vector space of dimension r r r , let T ∈ GL ( V ) T\in\operatorname{GL}(V) T ∈ GL ( V ) , and let
c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r \mathbf{c}=(c_1,\ldots,c_r)\in(\mathbb{C}^{\times})^r c = ( c 1 , … , c r ) ∈ ( C × ) r
be an ordering of the eigenvalues of T T T , counted with algebraic multiplicity. Put
B c = { b ∈ B : b i i = c i for every i } . B_{\mathbf{c}}=\{b\in B:b_{ii}=c_i\text{ for every }i\}. B c = { b ∈ B : b ii = c i for every i } .
Definition 7.19. The ordered Kontsevich–Szabó frame scheme of T T T is
Fr c ( T ) = { ϕ ∈ Isom ( C r , V ) : ϕ − 1 T ϕ ∈ B c } . \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T)=\{\phi\in\operatorname{Isom}(\mathbb{C}^r,V):\phi^{-1}T\phi\in B_{\mathbf{c}}\}. Fr c ( T ) = { ϕ ∈ Isom ( C r , V ) : ϕ − 1 T ϕ ∈ B c } .
The morphism
q T : Fr c ( T ) ⟶ Flag c ( T ) q_T:\operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T)\longrightarrow\operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) q T : Fr c ( T ) ⟶ Flag c ( T )
sends an ordered frame to the full flag which it defines.
Proposition 7.20. The scheme Fr c ( T ) \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Fr c ( T ) is the inverse image of Flag c ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Flag c ( T ) under the standard principal bundle
Isom ( C r , V ) ⟶ Flag ( V ) . \operatorname{Isom}(\mathbb{C}^r,V)\longrightarrow\operatorname{Flag}(V). Isom ( C r , V ) ⟶ Flag ( V ) . Consequently, Fr c ( T ) \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Fr c ( T ) is a closed subscheme of Isom ( C r , V ) \operatorname{Isom}(\mathbb{C}^r,V) Isom ( C r , V ) and
q T : Fr c ( T ) ⟶ Flag c ( T ) q_T:\operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T)\longrightarrow\operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) q T : Fr c ( T ) ⟶ Flag c ( T ) is a principal right B B B -bundle. In particular,
Fr c ( T ) / B ≅ Flag c ( T ) . \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T)/B\cong\operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T). Fr c ( T ) / B ≅ Flag c ( T ) .
Proof. An isomorphism ϕ : C r → V \phi:\mathbb{C}^r\to V ϕ : C r → V determines the flag ϕ ( F ∙ s t d ) \phi(F^{\mathrm{std}}_\bullet) ϕ ( F ∙ std ) . The matrix ϕ − 1 T ϕ \phi^{-1}T\phi ϕ − 1 T ϕ belongs to B c B_{\mathbf{c}} B c if and only if this flag is T T T -invariant and the induced action on its successive quotients is multiplication by c 1 , … , c r c_1,\ldots,c_r c 1 , … , c r . Hence Fr c ( T ) \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Fr c ( T ) is the inverse image of Flag c ( T ) \operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf{c}}(T) Flag c ( T ) . The latter is closed by Proposition 7.13, so the inverse image is closed. The standard frame-to-flag morphism is a principal right B B B -bundle, and the claim follows by base change. Equivalently, two ordered frames define the same full flag if and only if they differ by a unique element of B B B . □
Combining Proposition 7.20 and Theorem 7.14 gives the intrinsic geometry of the rigidification space.
Corollary 7.21. With the notation of Theorem 7.14, there is a principal B B B -bundle
Fr c ( T ) ⟶ ∏ a ∈ Σ B ( N a ) . \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf{c}}(T)\longrightarrow\prod_{a\in\Sigma}\mathcal{B}(N_a). Fr c ( T ) ⟶ a ∈ Σ ∏ B ( N a ) . It is a B B B -torsor over a point if and only if every factor B ( N a ) \mathcal{B}(N_a) B ( N a ) is a point. This holds, in particular, when the ordered monodromy is regular semisimple, and also when each nilpotent part N a N_a N a is regular nilpotent on its generalised eigenspace. If T = c I T=cI T = c I , then
Fr ( c , … , c ) ( T ) = Isom ( C r , V ) \operatorname{Fr}_{(c,\ldots,c)}(T)=\operatorname{Isom}(\mathbb{C}^r,V) Fr ( c , … , c ) ( T ) = Isom ( C r , V ) and the quotient by B B B is the full flag variety of V V V .
Proof. Pull back the principal B B B -bundle of Proposition 7.20 along the product decomposition of the invariant-flag scheme in Theorem 7.14. The remaining statements are the corresponding special cases described there. □
Let x = ( E , ∇ ) x=(E,\nabla) x = ( E , ∇ ) be an unflagged residual constituent and let T x T_x T x denote its monodromy on V = E ∣ z = 1 V=E|_{z=1} V = E ∣ z = 1 . The automorphism group Aut ( x ) \operatorname{Aut}(x) Aut ( x ) acts on Fr c ( T x ) \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf c}(T_x) Fr c ( T x ) by left composition through evaluation at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 ; this action commutes with the right action of B B B .
Definition 7.22. The Kontsevich–Szabó rigidification stack of x x x with ordered diagonal c \mathbf c c is
Rig c ( x ) = [ Fr c ( T x ) / Aut ( x ) ] . \operatorname{Rig}_{\mathbf c}(x)=[\operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf c}(T_x)/\operatorname{Aut}(x)]. Rig c ( x ) = [ Fr c ( T x ) / Aut ( x )] .
Proposition 7.23. The 2 2 2 -fibre over x x x of the morphism which forgets the ordered framing from the fully framed groupoid to A c u n f l a g \mathcal A^{\mathrm{unflag}}_{\mathbf c} A c unflag is equivalent to Rig c ( x ) \operatorname{Rig}_{\mathbf c}(x) Rig c ( x ) . The further morphism which forgets only the ordered basis and retains the invariant full flag is induced by the principal B B B -bundle of Proposition 7.20 and has target
[ Flag c ( T x ) / Aut ( x ) ] . [\operatorname{Flag}_{\mathbf c}(T_x)/\operatorname{Aut}(x)]. [ Flag c ( T x ) / Aut ( x )] .
Proof. A fully framed lift of x x x is an ordered basis of V V V in which T x T_x T x is upper triangular with diagonal c \mathbf c c , hence a point of Fr c ( T x ) \operatorname{Fr}_{\mathbf c}(T_x) Fr c ( T x ) . An isomorphism between two such lifts is an automorphism of the connection carrying one ordered basis to the other. This is the displayed action groupoid. Forgetting the basis while retaining its flag is induced by q T x q_{T_x} q T x ; the left Aut ( x ) \operatorname{Aut}(x) Aut ( x ) -action and the right B B B -action commute, so the map descends to the quotient stacks. □
The rigidification space is not, in general, merely a copy of B B B . It is a principal B B B -bundle over the product of Springer fibres which parametrises the invariant full flags. It becomes a B B B -torsor only on the locus where the ordered invariant flag is unique. Thus forgetting an ordered frame leaves a single B B B -orbit of choices if and only if the ordered invariant flag is unique. This describes the descent from the fully framed affine slice to flagged and unflagged residual constituents. With these rigidification ambiguities separated from the intrinsic connection data, we turn to the variation of the prescribed lattice.
Isomonodromic variation of the prescribed lattice
The order-two part of the affine slice records lattice moduli that are invisible to the punctured connection and its monodromy. The rank-two family is the simplest instance of the following general construction.
Let S S S be a complex analytic space, let V V V be a finite-dimensional complex vector space, and let R ∈ End ( V ) R\in\operatorname{End}(V) R ∈ End ( V ) . Let a ⊂ End ( V ) \mathfrak a\subset\operatorname{End}(V) a ⊂ End ( V ) be a finite-dimensional commutative associative subalgebra, not necessarily unital, consisting of nilpotent endomorphisms, and assume that
[ R , a ] ⊂ a . [R,\mathfrak a]\subset\mathfrak a. [ R , a ] ⊂ a .
The algebra a \mathfrak a a is nilpotent. To see this, choose a basis A 1 , … , A m A_1,\ldots,A_m A 1 , … , A m and integers N i ≥ 1 N_i\ge1 N i ≥ 1 such that A i N i = 0 A_i^{N_i}=0 A i N i = 0 . By commutativity, every product of more than ∑ i ( N i − 1 ) \sum_i(N_i-1) ∑ i ( N i − 1 ) basis elements contains some factor A i N i A_i^{N_i} A i N i and therefore vanishes. Consequently, for every holomorphic map F : S → a F:S\to\mathfrak a F : S → a , the exponential
G ( s , u ) = exp ( F ( s ) u ) G(s,u)=\exp\left(\frac{F(s)}{u}\right) G ( s , u ) = exp ( u F ( s ) )
is a finite sum, with a truncation order independent of s s s , and hence a meromorphic gauge on S × Δ S\times\Delta S × Δ .
Theorem 8.1. The gauge transform of the constant logarithmic connection
∇ 0 = d + R u d u \nabla_0=d+\frac{R}{u}\,du ∇ 0 = d + u R d u by G G G is
∇ R , F = d + d S F u + R u d u + [ R , F ] − F u 2 d u . (18) \nabla_{R,F}=d+\frac{d_SF}{u}+\frac{R}{u}\,du+\frac{[R,F]-F}{u^2}\,du. \tag*{(18)} ∇ R , F = d + u d S F + u R d u + u 2 [ R , F ] − F d u . (18) It is flat. Moreover, for every vector field ξ \xi ξ on S S S ,
( ∇ R , F ) u ξ = u ξ + ξ ( F ) , ( ∇ R , F ) u 2 ∂ u = u 2 ∂ u + u R + [ R , F ] − F , (\nabla_{R,F})_{u}\xi=u\xi+\xi(F),\qquad
(\nabla_{R,F})_{u^2\partial_u}=u^2\partial_u+uR+[R,F]-F, ( ∇ R , F ) u ξ = u ξ + ξ ( F ) , ( ∇ R , F ) u 2 ∂ u = u 2 ∂ u + u R + [ R , F ] − F , so the standard lattice satisfies the usual F F F -bundle pole conditions. For every s ∈ S s\in S s ∈ S , the fibre connection
∇ s = d + ( R u + ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) u 2 ) d u \nabla_s=d+\left(\frac{R}{u}+\frac{(\operatorname{ad}_R-I)F(s)}{u^2}\right)du ∇ s = d + ( u R + u 2 ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) ) d u is meromorphically gauge equivalent to d + R d u / u d+R\,du/u d + R d u / u . In particular, all punctured fibres are meromorphically isomorphic to the fixed connection d + R d u / u d+R\,du/u d + R d u / u , and their monodromy conjugacy classes are constant, whereas the prescribed-lattice coefficient
K − 2 ( s ) = ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) K_{-2}(s)=(\operatorname{ad}_R-I)F(s) K − 2 ( s ) = ( ad R − I ) F ( s )
may vary.
Proof. Put X = F / u X=F/u X = F / u , so G = e X G=e^X G = e X . Since a \mathfrak{a} a is commutative and stable under ad R \operatorname{ad}_R ad R , the elements F F F , d S F \mathrm{d}_S F d S F and [ R , F ] [R,F] [ R , F ] all lie in the same commutative algebra. Hence
G − 1 d G = d X = d S F u − F u 2 d u . G^{-1}\mathrm{d}G=\mathrm{d}X=\frac{\mathrm{d}_S F}{u}-\frac{F}{u^2}\,\mathrm{d}u. G − 1 d G = d X = u d S F − u 2 F d u .
Moreover, the adjoint exponential terminates after the first commutator:
G − 1 R G = e − ad X ( R ) = R + [ R , X ] = R + [ R , F ] u . G^{-1}RG=e^{-\operatorname{ad}_X}(R)=R+[R,X]=R+\frac{[R,F]}{u}. G − 1 R G = e − ad X ( R ) = R + [ R , X ] = R + u [ R , F ] .
because [ X , [ R , X ] ] = 0 [X,[R,X]]=0 [ X , [ R , X ]] = 0 . Applying the gauge convention (3) to ∇ 0 = d + R d u / u \nabla_0=\mathrm{d}+R\,\mathrm{d}u/u ∇ 0 = d + R d u / u gives
G − 1 ∇ 0 G = d + G − 1 d G + G − 1 R G u d u , G^{-1}\nabla_0G=\mathrm{d}+G^{-1}\mathrm{d}G+\frac{G^{-1}RG}{u}\,\mathrm{d}u, G − 1 ∇ 0 G = d + G − 1 d G + u G − 1 R G d u ,
which is (18) .
Gauge invariance gives zero curvature on the punctured product. Since the curvature of (18) is a meromorphic two-form, it vanishes identically. Equivalently, one may verify the mixed component directly from d S 2 F = 0 \mathrm{d}_S^2F=0 d S 2 F = 0 , [ F , d S F ] = 0 [F,\mathrm{d}_SF]=0 [ F , d S F ] = 0 , and [ R , d S F ] = d S [ R , F ] [R,\mathrm{d}_SF]=\mathrm{d}_S[R,F] [ R , d S F ] = d S [ R , F ] . For a vector field ξ \xi ξ on S S S , contraction with u ξ u\xi u ξ gives
( ∇ R , F ) u ξ = u ξ + ξ ( F ) , (\nabla_{R,F})_{u\xi}=u\xi+\xi(F), ( ∇ R , F ) u ξ = u ξ + ξ ( F ) ,
which preserves the standard lattice. Contraction with u 2 ∂ u u^2\partial_u u 2 ∂ u gives
( ∇ R , F ) u 2 ∂ u = u 2 ∂ u + u R + [ R , F ] − F , (\nabla_{R,F})_{u^2\partial_u}=u^2\partial_u+uR+[R,F]-F, ( ∇ R , F ) u 2 ∂ u = u 2 ∂ u + u R + [ R , F ] − F ,
which also preserves it. These are the pole conditions in the definition of an F F F -bundle used in [12 Definition 2.2] .
Finally, for fixed s s s , the meromorphic gauge G ( s , u ) G(s,u) G ( s , u ) identifies the fibre with d + R d u / u \mathrm{d}+R\,\mathrm{d}u/u d + R d u / u on the punctured disc. Hence the punctured meromorphic gauge class and the monodromy conjugacy class are independent of s s s . The coefficient of u − 2 d u u^{-2}\mathrm{d}u u − 2 d u in the fixed lattice is nevertheless
[ R , F ( s ) ] − F ( s ) = ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) , [R,F(s)]-F(s)=(\operatorname{ad}_R-I)F(s), [ R , F ( s )] − F ( s ) = ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) ,
which may vary holomorphically, as claimed.
Corollary 8.2. Assume that R = M μ R=M_\mu R = M μ is diagonal and a ⊂ n \mathfrak{a}\subset\mathfrak{n} a ⊂ n . Write
F ( s ) = ∑ j < i f j i ( s ) E j i . F(s)=\sum_{j<i}f_{ji}(s)E_{ji}. F ( s ) = j < i ∑ f j i ( s ) E j i . Then every fibre of (18) is already in the distinguished normal form, with
α j i ( s ) = ( μ j − μ i − 1 ) f j i ( s ) = − ( λ j i + 1 ) f j i ( s ) , β j i ( s ) = 0. \alpha_{ji}(s)=(\mu_j-\mu_i-1)f_{ji}(s)=-(\lambda_{ji}+1)f_{ji}(s),\qquad\beta_{ji}(s)=0. α j i ( s ) = ( μ j − μ i − 1 ) f j i ( s ) = − ( λ j i + 1 ) f j i ( s ) , β j i ( s ) = 0. Equivalently, its fully framed classifying morphism is
S ⟶ n ⊕ n , s ⟼ ( ( ad M μ − I ) F ( s ) , 0 ) . S\longrightarrow\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n},\qquad s\longmapsto\bigl((\operatorname{ad}_{M_\mu}-I)F(s),0\bigr). S ⟶ n ⊕ n , s ⟼ ( ( ad M μ − I ) F ( s ) , 0 ) .
Proof. For j < i j<i j < i one has
[ M μ , E j i ] = ( μ j − μ i ) E j i . [M_\mu,E_{ji}]=(\mu_j-\mu_i)E_{ji}. [ M μ , E j i ] = ( μ j − μ i ) E j i .
The fibre contains no off-diagonal term other than the displayed coefficient of u − 2 d u u^{-2}\mathrm{d}u u − 2 d u , so it belongs directly to the affine slice with the stated coordinates.
Corollary 8.3. Let R = μ I V R=\mu I_V R = μ I V . Then
∇ μ , F = d + d S F u + μ I V u d u − F u 2 d u , \nabla_{\mu,F}=\mathrm{d}+\frac{\mathrm{d}_SF}{u}+\frac{\mu I_V}{u}\,\mathrm{d}u-\frac{F}{u^2}\,\mathrm{d}u, ∇ μ , F = d + u d S F + u μ I V d u − u 2 F d u , and its classifying map is s ↦ ( − F ( s ) , 0 ) s\mapsto(-F(s),0) s ↦ ( − F ( s ) , 0 ) . Thus every holomorphic family in a commutative nilpotent subalgebra is realised as a fully framed isomonodromic variation of the prescribed lattice, for arbitrary scalar monodromy e − 2 π i μ e^{-2\pi i\mu} e − 2 π i μ .
Proof. For R = μ I V R=\mu I_V R = μ I V one has [ R , F ] = 0 [R,F]=0 [ R , F ] = 0 . Substitute this identity into (18) and into the classifying map of Corollary 8.2.
In particular, if N 1 , … , N m N_1,\ldots,N_m N 1 , … , N m are commuting nilpotent upper triangular matrices and
F ( t 1 , … , t m ) = ∑ a = 1 m t a N a , F(t_1,\ldots,t_m)=\sum_{a=1}^{m}t_aN_a, F ( t 1 , … , t m ) = a = 1 ∑ m t a N a ,
then
( t 1 , … , t m ) ⟼ ( − ∑ a = 1 m t a N a , 0 ) (t_1,\ldots,t_m)\longmapsto\left(-\sum_{a=1}^{m}t_aN_a,0\right) ( t 1 , … , t m ) ⟼ ( − a = 1 ∑ m t a N a , 0 )
is the classifying map. The original rank-two example is recovered by taking R = 0 R=0 R = 0 , m = 1 m=1 m = 1 , and N 1 = E 12 N_1=E_{12} N 1 = E 12 :
∇ = d + E 12 u d t + t E 12 u 2 d u . \nabla=d+\frac{E_{12}}{u}\,dt+\frac{tE_{12}}{u^2}\,du. ∇ = d + u E 12 d t + u 2 t E 12 d u .
Its monodromy is the identity for every t t t , while its affine coordinate is ( α , β ) = ( − t , 0 ) (\alpha,\beta)=(-t,0) ( α , β ) = ( − t , 0 ) .
The theorem concerns the prescribed lattice and, in the displayed coordinates, the fully framed normal-form slice. After the frame or the flag is forgotten, distinct values of F ( s ) F(s) F ( s ) may become conjugate. What is invariant without further rigidification is the corresponding orbit of ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) (\operatorname{ad}_R-I)F(s) ( ad R − I ) F ( s ) , not its individual matrix entries.
Remark 8.4. If a \mathfrak{a} a is decomposed into ad R \operatorname{ad}_R ad R -weight spaces, then the order-two coefficient on a weight-λ \lambda λ vector is ( λ − 1 ) F λ (\lambda-1)F_\lambda ( λ − 1 ) F λ . The weight λ = 1 \lambda=1 λ = 1 is therefore the direction in which this elementary family does not vary the prescribed lattice at order two. This direction is not absent from the moduli problem; it is merely invisible to the present deformation. When R R R is diagonal, an E j i E_{ji} E j i -root vector of ad R \operatorname{ad}_R ad R -weight 1 1 1 has λ j i = μ i − μ j = − 1 \lambda_{ji}=\mu_i-\mu_j=-1 λ j i = μ i − μ j = − 1 , the rank-two regime in which the monodromy detects the z − 2 z^{-2} z − 2 normal-form coordinate in Proposition 6.1 .
Relative normal forms after triangular reduction
Regular-singular connections with parameters admit a rich relative theory; see, for example, the algebraic Riemann–Hilbert equivalence of Phung Ho Hai, dos Santos and Pham Thanh Tam [11 ] , the relative complex theory of [10 ] , and the logarithmic decomposition results of [28 ] . The result below is more elementary but also more rigid: the triangular lattice reduction, residue vector and ordered frame are fixed in advance, and we represent the remaining unipotent quotient.
The prescribed lattice may vary even in a meromorphically isotrivial family with constant monodromy, as § 8 shows. Once a relative triangular lattice reduction has been produced, however, the normalisation is finite, coefficientwise and compatible with arbitrary base change. We work over an arbitrary complex analytic space, possibly non-reduced.
Let S S S be a complex analytic space and let
p : S × Δ ⟶ S p:S\times\Delta\longrightarrow S p : S × Δ ⟶ S
be the projection. Write
H S = p ∗ O S × Δ , V S = ker ( ev 1 : H S → O S ) , W S = z − 2 H S . \mathcal{H}_S=p_*\mathcal{O}_{S\times\Delta},\qquad
\mathcal{V}_S=\ker(\operatorname{ev}_1:\mathcal{H}_S\to\mathcal{O}_S),\qquad
\mathcal{W}_S=z^{-2}\mathcal{H}_S. H S = p ∗ O S × Δ , V S = ker ( ev 1 : H S → O S ) , W S = z − 2 H S .
Thus a section of V S \mathcal{V}_S V S is a holomorphic function P ( s , z ) P(s,z) P ( s , z ) satisfying P ( s , 1 ) = 0 P(s,1)=0 P ( s , 1 ) = 0 , whereas a section of W S \mathcal{W}_S W S is a meromorphic function with a pole of order at most two along S × { 0 } S\times\{0\} S × { 0 } . For λ ∈ C \lambda\in\mathbb{C} λ ∈ C , set
L λ , S : V S ⟶ W S , L λ , S ( P ) = ∂ z P − λ z − 1 P . L_{\lambda,S}:\mathcal{V}_S\longrightarrow\mathcal{W}_S,\qquad
L_{\lambda,S}(P)=\partial_zP-\lambda z^{-1}P. L λ , S : V S ⟶ W S , L λ , S ( P ) = ∂ z P − λ z − 1 P .
Lemma 9.1. For every complex analytic space S S S and every λ ∈ C \lambda\in\mathbb{C} λ ∈ C , the morphism L λ , S L_{\lambda,S} L λ , S is injective and there is a direct-sum decomposition of sheaves of O S \mathcal{O}_S O S -modules
W S = L λ , S ( V S ) ⊕ O S z − 2 ⊕ O S z λ . (19) \mathcal{W}_S=L_{\lambda,S}(\mathcal{V}_S)\oplus\mathcal{O}_S z^{-2}\oplus\mathcal{O}_S z^\lambda. \tag*{(19)} W S = L λ , S ( V S ) ⊕ O S z − 2 ⊕ O S z λ . (19) The decomposition is functorial under arbitrary morphisms of complex analytic spaces.
Proof. The assertion is local on S S S . Let Q Q Q be a section of W S \mathcal{W}_S W S over an open subset T ⊂ S T\subset S T ⊂ S , and write
Q = q − 2 z − 2 + ∑ k ≥ − 1 q k z k , q k ∈ O S ( T ) . Q=q_{-2}z^{-2}+\sum_{k\geq-1}q_kz^k,\qquad q_k\in\mathcal{O}_S(T). Q = q − 2 z − 2 + k ≥ − 1 ∑ q k z k , q k ∈ O S ( T ) .
The coefficient q − 2 q_{-2} q − 2 is the unique coefficient of the first complementary summand. Suppose first that λ ∉ Z ≥ 0 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 0 . Put
P 0 = ∑ n ≥ 0 q n − 1 n − λ z n , β = − λ P 0 ( 1 ) , P = P 0 + β λ . P_0=\sum_{n\geq0}\frac{q_{n-1}}{n-\lambda}z^n,\qquad
\beta=-\lambda P_0(1),\qquad
P=P_0+\frac{\beta}{\lambda}. P 0 = n ≥ 0 ∑ n − λ q n − 1 z n , β = − λ P 0 ( 1 ) , P = P 0 + λ β .
To justify convergence when T T T is possibly non-reduced, work locally on T T T and choose a closed embedding into a polydisc T → Ω T\to\Omega T → Ω . After shrinking Ω \Omega Ω , lift Q Q Q to a holomorphic function on Ω × Δ \Omega\times\Delta Ω × Δ . On a relatively compact polydisc Ω 0 ⋐ Ω \Omega_0 \Subset\Omega Ω 0 ⋐ Ω , choose radii 1 < r 0 < R 0 1<r_0<R_0 1 < r 0 < R 0 with { ∣ z ∣ ≤ R 0 } ⋐ Δ \{|z|\le R_0\}\Subset\Delta { ∣ z ∣ ≤ R 0 } ⋐ Δ . Cauchy estimates on Ω 0 × { ∣ z ∣ ≤ R 0 } \Omega_0\times\{|z|\le R_0\} Ω 0 × { ∣ z ∣ ≤ R 0 } bound the lifted Taylor coefficients by C R 0 − n CR_0^{-n} C R 0 − n , while the denominators grow linearly. Hence the series defining the lift of P 0 P_0 P 0 converges normally on Ω 0 × { ∣ z ∣ ≤ r 0 } \Omega_0\times\{|z|\le r_0\} Ω 0 × { ∣ z ∣ ≤ r 0 } . If two lifts of Q Q Q differ by a section with coefficients in the defining ideal of T T T , then the corresponding lifted series differ coefficientwise by sections in the same ideal, because the construction is complex-linear and uses only fixed scalar denominators. The construction is therefore independent of the chosen lift and descends to T T T . The descended local sums agree on overlaps by uniqueness and define a section of H S ( T ) \mathcal{H}_S(T) H S ( T ) . Moreover, P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 and
Q = q − 2 z − 2 + L λ , S ( P ) + β z − 1 . Q=q_{-2}z^{-2}+L_{\lambda,S}(P)+\beta z^{-1}. Q = q − 2 z − 2 + L λ , S ( P ) + β z − 1 .
This expression is unique by the same coefficient calculation as in Lemma 5.5.
Now let λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda=m\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 . Set
β = q m − 1 , p n = q n − 1 n − m ( n ≠ m ) , p m = − ∑ n ≠ m p n , \beta=q_{m-1},\qquad p_n=\frac{q_{n-1}}{n-m}\quad(n\ne m),\qquad p_m=-\sum_{n\ne m}p_n, β = q m − 1 , p n = n − m q n − 1 ( n = m ) , p m = − n = m ∑ p n ,
and put P = ∑ n ≥ 0 p n z n P=\sum_{n\geq0}p_nz^n P = ∑ n ≥ 0 p n z n . The same lifted Cauchy-estimate argument gives normal convergence on relatively compact products and descends to the possibly non-reduced base, while the definition of p m p_m p m gives P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 . One then has
Q = q − 2 z − 2 + L m , S ( P ) + β z m − 1 . Q=q_{-2}z^{-2}+L_{m,S}(P)+\beta z^{m-1}. Q = q − 2 z − 2 + L m , S ( P ) + β z m − 1 .
The coefficient of z m − 1 z^{m-1} z m − 1 vanishes on the image of L m , S L_{m,S} L m , S , so the expression is unique. Injectivity follows coefficientwise as in the absolute case: a solution of L λ , S ( P ) = 0 L_{\lambda,S}(P)=0 L λ , S ( P ) = 0 is zero unless λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 \lambda=m\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 , when it has the form a z m az^m a z m with a ∈ O S ( T ) a\in\mathcal{O}_S(T) a ∈ O S ( T ) ; the equation P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 then forces a = 0 a=0 a = 0 .
All these formulae use only addition, multiplication by fixed complex scalars, extraction of Taylor coefficients, and evaluation at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 . They therefore commute with pullback along every morphism S ′ → S S'\to S S ′ → S , without any reducedness assumption. □ \square □
Fix a residue vector μ = ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) ∈ C r \boldsymbol{\mu}=(\mu_1,\ldots,\mu_r)\in\mathbb{C}^r μ = ( μ 1 , … , μ r ) ∈ C r . For a complex analytic space S S S , let A μ ( S ) \mathcal{A}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}(S) A μ ( S ) be the set of relative connections
d z + ( M μ z + Q ( s , z ) ) d z , Q ∈ Γ ( S × Δ , z − 2 O S × Δ ⊗ n ) , d_z+\left(\frac{M_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}}{z}+Q(s,z)\right)dz,\qquad Q\in\Gamma(S\times\Delta,z^{-2}\mathcal{O}_{S\times\Delta}\otimes\mathfrak{n}), d z + ( z M μ + Q ( s , z ) ) d z , Q ∈ Γ ( S × Δ , z − 2 O S × Δ ⊗ n ) ,
where d z d_z d z denotes the relative differential in the disc direction. Let
U 1 ( S ) = { g : S × Δ → U holomorphic : g ∣ z = 1 = I r } U_1(S)=\{g:S\times\Delta\to U\text{ holomorphic}:g|_{z=1}=I_r\} U 1 ( S ) = { g : S × Δ → U holomorphic : g ∣ z = 1 = I r }
act by the relative form of (3.1). Finally, let S μ ( S ) \mathcal{S}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}(S) S μ ( S ) consist of the connections
d z + [ M μ z + ∑ j < i ( α j i ( s ) z − 2 + β j i ( s ) ρ λ j i ( z ) ) E j i ] d z , (20) d_z+\left[\frac{M_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}}{z}+\sum_{j<i}\left(\alpha_{ji}(s)z^{-2}+\beta_{ji}(s)\rho_{\lambda_{ji}}(z)\right)E_{ji}\right]dz, \tag*{(20)} d z + [ z M μ + j < i ∑ ( α j i ( s ) z − 2 + β j i ( s ) ρ λ j i ( z ) ) E j i ] d z , (20)
where α j i , β j i ∈ Γ ( S , O S ) \alpha_{ji},\beta_{ji}\in\Gamma(S,\mathcal{O}_S) α j i , β j i ∈ Γ ( S , O S ) and λ j i = μ i − μ j \lambda_{ji}=\mu_i-\mu_j λ j i = μ i − μ j .
Theorem 9.2. For every complex analytic space S S S and every element A ∈ A μ ( S ) A\in\mathcal{A}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}(S) A ∈ A μ ( S ) , there is a unique gauge g ∈ U 1 ( S ) g\in U_1(S) g ∈ U 1 ( S ) such that A ⋅ g A\cdot g A ⋅ g belongs to S μ ( S ) \mathcal{S}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}(S) S μ ( S ) . The resulting coefficient functions
α j i , β j i ∈ Γ ( S , O S ) \alpha_{ji},\beta_{ji}\in\Gamma(S,\mathcal{O}_S) α j i , β j i ∈ Γ ( S , O S ) are functorial under arbitrary base change. Namely, if N = 2 dim n = r ( r − 1 ) N=2\dim\mathfrak{n}=r(r-1) N = 2 dim n = r ( r − 1 ) , the normal-form coefficients define a natural transformation
π μ : A μ ⟶ A C N , \pi_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}:\mathcal{A}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}\longrightarrow\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N, π μ : A μ ⟶ A C N , and the map
Θ μ , S : A C N ( S ) × U 1 ( S ) ⟶ A μ ( S ) , ( σ , g ) ⟼ σ ⋅ g − 1 , \Theta_{\boldsymbol{\mu},S}:\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N(S)\times U_1(S)\longrightarrow\mathcal{A}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}(S),\qquad(\sigma,g)\longmapsto\sigma\cdot g^{-1}, Θ μ , S : A C N ( S ) × U 1 ( S ) ⟶ A μ ( S ) , ( σ , g ) ⟼ σ ⋅ g − 1 , is bijective, functorially in S S S . Hence π μ \pi_{\boldsymbol{\mu}} π μ is a functorially trivial torsor for the sheaf of groups U 1 U_1 U 1 , the quotient stack [ A μ / U 1 ] [\mathcal{A}_{\boldsymbol{\mu}}/U_1] [ A μ / U 1 ] is represented by A C N \mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N A C N , and all stabilisers are trivial.
Proof. The argument is the absolute height induction carried out sheafwise over the base.
Existence. Work locally on an open subset T ⊂ S T\subset S T ⊂ S . Suppose that all coefficients of height smaller than h h h have been normalised. For every j < i j<i j < i with i − j = h i-j=h i − j = h , apply the functorial direct sum (9.1) to the current coefficient q j i q_{ji} q j i . There are unique sections
p j i ∈ V S ( T ) , α j i , β j i ∈ O S ( T ) p_{ji}\in\mathcal{V}_S(T),\qquad\alpha_{ji},\beta_{ji}\in\mathcal{O}_S(T) p j i ∈ V S ( T ) , α j i , β j i ∈ O S ( T )
such that
q j i + L λ j i , S ( p j i ) = α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i . q_{ji}+L_{\lambda_{ji},S}(p_{ji})=\alpha_{ji}z^{-2}+\beta_{ji}\rho_{\lambda_{ji}}. q j i + L λ j i , S ( p j i ) = α j i z − 2 + β j i ρ λ j i .
Set
P h = ∑ i − j = h p j i E j i , g h = I r + P h . P_h=\sum_{i-j=h}p_{ji}E_{ji},\qquad g_h=I_r+P_h. P h = i − j = h ∑ p j i E j i , g h = I r + P h .
The matrix P h P_h P h is nilpotent, so g h − 1 g_h^{-1} g h − 1 is a finite polynomial in P h P_h P h ; it is therefore holomorphic on T × Δ T\times\Delta T × Δ . The condition p j i ( s , 1 ) = 0 p_{ji}(s,1)=0 p j i ( s , 1 ) = 0 gives g h ∣ z = 1 = I r \left.g_h\right|_{z=1}=I_r g h ∣ z = 1 = I r . The bracket estimate (12) shows that the height-h h h part of the gauge action is the direct sum of the scalar operators L λ j i , S L_{\lambda_{ji},S} L λ j i , S , while every nonlinear term has greater height. Thus g h g_h g h normalises height h h h and preserves the preceding stages. The finite product g 1 ⋯ g r − 1 g_1\cdots g_{r-1} g 1 ⋯ g r − 1 gives the required gauge on T T T .
The scalar splitting is unique, hence the gauges constructed on two overlapping open subsets coincide there. They therefore glue to a global element of U 1 ( S ) U_1(S) U 1 ( S ) , and the coefficient functions α j i , β j i \alpha_{ji},\beta_{ji} α j i , β j i glue to global sections of O S \mathcal{O}_S O S .
Uniqueness. Let g ∈ U 1 ( S ) g\in U_1(S) g ∈ U 1 ( S ) carry one relative normal form to another. We argue locally on S S S and induct on the height filtration, a formulation which is valid without any reducedness hypothesis. Project the gauge equation first to ( n ( 1 ) / n ( 2 ) ) ⊗ O S (\mathfrak{n}^{(1)}/\mathfrak{n}^{(2)})\otimes\mathcal{O}_S ( n ( 1 ) / n ( 2 ) ) ⊗ O S . For every root of height one it gives
q ~ j i − q j i = L λ j i , S ( p j i ) . \widetilde{q}_{ji}-q_{ji}=L_{\lambda_{ji},S}(p_{ji}). q j i − q j i = L λ j i , S ( p j i ) .
The left-hand side lies in the complementary summand of (19) , whereas the right-hand side lies in the image summand. Directness and injectivity force both sides to vanish. Suppose inductively that the image of g − I r g-I_r g − I r vanishes through height h − 1 h-1 h − 1 and that the two normal forms agree in those heights. Projection modulo n ( h + 1 ) \mathfrak{n}^{(h+1)} n ( h + 1 ) gives the same equation for every root of height h h h , because all nonlinear contributions have larger height. The direct splitting again forces the height-h h h image of g − I r g-I_r g − I r to vanish and the corresponding normal-form coefficients to agree. The finite filtration ends at height r − 1 r-1 r − 1 , so g = I r g=I_r g = I r and the two normal forms agree.
Base change and representability. Every operation used above—Taylor coefficient extraction, evaluation at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 , multiplication by fixed complex scalars, and finite matrix multiplication in n \mathfrak{n} n —commutes with pullback. The classifying coefficients and the normalising gauge therefore commute with arbitrary base change, including pullback to non-reduced spaces. They are the N = r ( r − 1 ) N=r(r-1) N = r ( r − 1 ) coordinate functions of the point π μ ( A ) ∈ A C N ( S ) \pi_\mu(A)\in\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N(S) π μ ( A ) ∈ A C N ( S ) . The factorisation
A = σ ⋅ g − 1 A=\sigma\cdot g^{-1} A = σ ⋅ g − 1
is unique and functorial. Hence Θ μ \Theta_\mu Θ μ is an isomorphism of functors
A C N × U 1 → ∼ A μ , \mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N\times U_1\xrightarrow{\sim}\mathcal{A}_\mu, A C N × U 1 ∼ A μ ,
equivariant for right translation on the second factor. This is a functorial trivialisation of the U 1 U_1 U 1 -torsor π μ \pi_\mu π μ . The quotient stack is therefore represented by A C N \mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^N A C N , and all stabilisers are trivial. □
Corollary 9.3. Fix a complex normal form σ 0 ∈ S μ ( C ) \sigma_0\in S_\mu(\mathbb{C}) σ 0 ∈ S μ ( C ) , and let A A A be a local Artinian C \mathbb{C} C -algebra with maximal ideal m A \mathfrak{m}_A m A . Within the fixed triangular-reduction and residue stratum, the groupoid of deformations of σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 over Spec a n A \operatorname{Spec}_{\mathrm{an}} A Spec an A is discrete, and its set of objects is identified with
( n ⊕ n ) ⊗ C m A . (\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}\mathfrak{m}_A. ( n ⊕ n ) ⊗ C m A . Consequently, the framed deformation problem is unobstructed, has tangent space n ⊕ n \mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n} n ⊕ n , and has no infinitesimal automorphisms.
Proof. By Theorem 9.2 , the deformation groupoid is the fibre over σ 0 \sigma_0 σ 0 of
A C r ( r − 1 ) ( Spec a n A ) ⟶ A C r ( r − 1 ) ( Spec a n C ) . \mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^{r(r-1)}(\operatorname{Spec}_{\mathrm{an}} A)\longrightarrow\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^{r(r-1)}(\operatorname{Spec}_{\mathrm{an}}\mathbb{C}). A C r ( r − 1 ) ( Spec an A ) ⟶ A C r ( r − 1 ) ( Spec an C ) . Using the affine coordinates ( α , β ) (\alpha,\beta) ( α , β ) , this fibre is ( n ⊕ n ) ⊗ m A (\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n})\otimes\mathfrak{m}_A ( n ⊕ n ) ⊗ m A . The quotient groupoid is discrete, so there are no automorphisms. Affine space is smooth, hence every deformation lifts across a small extension and there are no obstruction classes. □
Corollary 9.4. Let ( E , ∇ ) (\mathcal{E},\nabla) ( E , ∇ ) be a family of residual constituents over a complex analytic space S S S . Assume that on S S S it is supplied with
a holomorphic ordered framing at z = 1 z=1 z = 1 ;
a holomorphic triangular reduction in the prescribed lattice; and
a locally constant diagonal-residue vector μ \mu μ .
Then the family determines a holomorphic classifying morphism
Φ S , μ f r : S ⟶ A C r ( r − 1 ) , \Phi^{\mathrm{fr}}_{S,\mu}:S\longrightarrow\mathbb{A}_{\mathbb{C}}^{r(r-1)}, Φ S , μ fr : S ⟶ A C r ( r − 1 ) , whose value at every complex point is the affine normal-form coordinate of Theorem 1.1 . The construction commutes with arbitrary base change.
Proof. Apply the functoriality in Theorem 9.2 after the prescribed triangular lattice reduction and diagonal normalisation. □
Theorem 9.2 represents the analytic unipotent quotient on each fixed triangular lattice-and-residue stratum, but it does not construct triangular reductions in families. The discrete relative-position data entering the lattice comparison of Kontsevich–Szabó may jump, and a global family need not admit a single residue vector or a single holomorphic invariant flag. The theorem therefore solves the relative analytic quotient once the lattice reduction has been fixed, but it does not construct that reduction in families.
Wall charts, connection lifts in arbitrary rank, and affine flag compatibility
The relative normal-form theorem of § 9 begins after a holomorphic triangular reduction has been supplied. We now analyse the first change of relative lattice position. The main points are as follows. First, the elementary rank-two wall can be classified for every residue difference: there is an extension chart outside the strictly positive integral resonance range, whereas the distinguished normal slice does not meet the oriented wall in that range. Second, the first rank-three correction couples adjacent and composite roots rather than acting independently root by root. The correction can itself be absorbed into polynomially adapted wall coordinates, but two adjacent lattice modifications differ by a central composite-root cocycle. Third, relative saturation acquires an additional generator over a square-zero thickening.
Let S S S be a small disc with coordinate t t t , and write O S × Δ \mathcal{O}_{S \times\Delta} O S × Δ simply as O \mathcal{O} O . If I ⊂ E \mathcal{I} \subset\mathcal{E} I ⊂ E is a coherent submodule of a locally free module, its saturation along the polar divisor is
I s a t = { s ∈ E ∣ z N s ∈ I for some N ≥ 0 } . \mathcal{I}^{\mathrm{sat}}=\{s\in\mathcal{E}\mid z^N s\in\mathcal{I}\text{ for some }N\geq0\}. I sat = { s ∈ E ∣ z N s ∈ I for some N ≥ 0 } .
This operation need not commute with restriction to a parameter fibre.
The scalar projection needed at a wall
The special fibres below contain holomorphic linear terms which must still be projected to the framed normal complement of Lemma 5.5. We record that projection.
Lemma 10.1. For ν ∈ C \nu\in\mathbb{C} ν ∈ C and a , b ∈ C a,b\in\mathbb{C} a , b ∈ C , define
σ ν ( a , b ) = { − ν ( a 1 − ν + b 2 − ν ) , ν ∉ Z ≥ 0 , 0 , ν = 0 , a , ν = 1 , b , ν = 2 , 0 , ν ∈ Z ≥ 3 . (21) \sigma_\nu(a,b)=
\begin{cases}
-\nu\left(\dfrac{a}{1-\nu}+\dfrac{b}{2-\nu}\right), & \nu\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0},\\
0, & \nu=0,\\
a, & \nu=1,\\
b, & \nu=2,\\
0, & \nu\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq3}.
\end{cases} \tag*{(21)} σ ν ( a , b ) = ⎩ ⎨ ⎧ − ν ( 1 − ν a + 2 − ν b ) , 0 , a , b , 0 , ν ∈ / Z ≥ 0 , ν = 0 , ν = 1 , ν = 2 , ν ∈ Z ≥ 3 . (21) Then the unique framed normal representative of the scalar coefficient a + b z a+bz a + b z for residue difference ν \nu ν is σ ν ( a , b ) ρ ν ( z ) \sigma_\nu(a,b)\rho_\nu(z) σ ν ( a , b ) ρ ν ( z ) .
Equivalently, there is a unique P ∈ O ( Δ ) P\in\mathcal{O}(\Delta) P ∈ O ( Δ ) with P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 such that a + b z + L ν ( P ) = σ ν ( a , b ) ρ ν ( z ) a+bz+L_\nu(P)=\sigma_\nu(a,b)\rho_\nu(z) a + b z + L ν ( P ) = σ ν ( a , b ) ρ ν ( z ) .
Proof. Assume first that ν ∉ Z ≥ 0 \nu\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} ν ∈ / Z ≥ 0 . Put
P 0 ( z ) = a 1 − ν z + b 2 − ν z 2 , P ( z ) = − P 0 ( z ) + P 0 ( 1 ) . P_0(z)=\frac{a}{1-\nu}z+\frac{b}{2-\nu}z^2,\qquad P(z)=-P_0(z)+P_0(1). P 0 ( z ) = 1 − ν a z + 2 − ν b z 2 , P ( z ) = − P 0 ( z ) + P 0 ( 1 ) .
Then P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 and a direct calculation gives
a + b z + L ν ( P ) = − ν P 0 ( 1 ) z − 1 = σ ν ( a , b ) z − 1 . a+bz+L_\nu(P)=-\nu P_0(1)z^{-1}=\sigma_\nu(a,b)z^{-1}. a + b z + L ν ( P ) = − ν P 0 ( 1 ) z − 1 = σ ν ( a , b ) z − 1 .
If ν = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 \nu=m\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq0} ν = m ∈ Z ≥ 0 , the coefficient of z m − 1 z^{m-1} z m − 1 is the resonant coefficient omitted by L m L_m L m . For m = 0 m=0 m = 0 the polynomial a + b z a+bz a + b z is a framed derivative; for m = 1 m=1 m = 1 its constant coefficient survives; for m = 2 m=2 m = 2 its linear coefficient survives; and for m ≥ 3 m\geq3 m ≥ 3 it has no z m − 1 z^{m-1} z m − 1 -coefficient. The free coefficient of z m z^m z m in the primitive is then chosen uniquely to impose P ( 1 ) = 0 P(1)=0 P ( 1 ) = 0 . This gives (10.1). □
In particular, for ν = − 1 \nu=-1 ν = − 1 one has
K + L − 1 ( − K 2 ( z − 1 ) ) = K 2 z − 1 . (22) K+L_{-1}\left(-\frac{K}{2}(z-1)\right)=\frac{K}{2}z^{-1}. \tag*{(22)} K + L − 1 ( − 2 K ( z − 1 ) ) = 2 K z − 1 . (22)
Thus a constant term is not removed without changing the normal z − 1 z^{-1} z − 1 -coefficient. Consequently, removing a constant term changes the resonant normal coordinate; this contribution is essential in the rank-three calculation below.
The elementary rank-two lattice jump
Set E = O e 1 ⊕ O e 2 \mathcal{E}=\mathcal{O}e_1\oplus\mathcal{O}e_2 E = O e 1 ⊕ O e 2 and consider
∇ = d + t z 2 E 21 d z (23) \nabla=d+\frac{t}{z^2}E_{21}\,dz \tag*{(23)} ∇ = d + z 2 t E 21 d z (23)
At z = 1 z=1 z = 1 choose the ordered frame
v 1 = e 1 + t e 2 , v 2 = e 2 , v_1=e_1+te_2,\qquad v_2=e_2, v 1 = e 1 + t e 2 , v 2 = e 2 ,
and, on the punctured disc, put
F ∘ = O ( ∗ 0 ) ( e 1 + t z e 2 ) . (24) \mathcal{F}^{\circ}=\mathcal{O}(*0)\left(e_1+\frac{t}{z}e_2\right). \tag*{(24)} F ∘ = O ( ∗ 0 ) ( e 1 + z t e 2 ) . (24)
Proposition 10.2. The line F ∘ \mathcal{F}^{\circ} F ∘ is horizontal for (23) , every punctured fibre has trivial monodromy, and F ∘ ∣ z = 1 \mathcal{F}^{\circ}|_{z=1} F ∘ ∣ z = 1 is the first member of the flag determined by ( v 1 , v 2 ) (v_1,v_2) ( v 1 , v 2 ) . Moreover,
E ∩ F ∘ = O ( z e 1 + t e 2 ) . (25) \mathcal{E}\cap\mathcal{F}^{\circ}=\mathcal{O}(ze_1+te_2). \tag*{(25)} E ∩ F ∘ = O ( z e 1 + t e 2 ) . (25) This module is z z z -saturated over the reduced base S S S , but
( E ∩ F ∘ ) ⊗ O S C 0 = O Δ z e 1 ≠ E 0 ∩ F 0 ∘ = O Δ e 1 . (26) (\mathcal{E}\cap\mathcal{F}^{\circ})\otimes_{\mathcal{O}_S}\mathbb{C}_0=\mathcal{O}_{\Delta}ze_1\ne\mathcal{E}_0\cap\mathcal{F}^{\circ}_0=\mathcal{O}_{\Delta}e_1. \tag*{(26)} ( E ∩ F ∘ ) ⊗ O S C 0 = O Δ z e 1 = E 0 ∩ F 0 ∘ = O Δ e 1 . (26)
Proof. Put f = e 1 + t z − 1 e 2 f=e_1+tz^{-1}e_2 f = e 1 + t z − 1 e 2 . Since
d f = − t z − 2 e 2 d z , t z 2 E 21 f d z = t z − 2 e 2 d z , df=-tz^{-2}e_2\,dz,\qquad\frac{t}{z^2}E_{21}f\,dz=tz^{-2}e_2\,dz, df = − t z − 2 e 2 d z , z 2 t E 21 f d z = t z − 2 e 2 d z ,
one has ∇ f = 0 \nabla f=0 ∇ f = 0 . The meromorphic frame ( f , e 2 ) (f,e_2) ( f , e 2 ) is horizontal, and f ( 1 ) = v 1 f(1)=v_1 f ( 1 ) = v 1 . Write R = C { t , z } R=\mathbb{C}\{t,z\} R = C { t , z } . An element h f hf h f belongs to R e 1 ⊕ R e 2 Re_1\oplus Re_2 R e 1 ⊕ R e 2 if and only if h ∈ R h\in R h ∈ R and h t / z ∈ R ht/z\in R h t / z ∈ R . Since t t t and z z z are relatively prime, this is equivalent to z ∣ h z\mid h z ∣ h , which proves (25) . If
z ( x 1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 ) = a ( z e 1 + t e 2 ) , z(x_1e_1+x_2e_2)=a(ze_1+te_2), z ( x 1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 ) = a ( z e 1 + t e 2 ) ,
then x 1 = a x_1=a x 1 = a and z x 2 = a t zx_2=at z x 2 = a t . Relative primality gives a = z b a=zb a = z b , and hence x 1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 = b ( z e 1 + t e 2 ) x_1e_1+x_2e_2=b(ze_1+te_2) x 1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 = b ( z e 1 + t e 2 ) . Thus the module is already z z z -saturated. Restriction to t = 0 t=0 t = 0 gives (26) .
On S × = S ∖ { 0 } S^\times=S\setminus\{0\} S × = S ∖ { 0 } use the standard-framed adapted basis
w 1 = z e 1 + t e 2 , w 2 = z − 1 t e 1 + e 2 . (27) w_1=ze_1+te_2,\qquad w_2=\frac{z-1}{t}e_1+e_2. \tag*{(27)} w 1 = z e 1 + t e 2 , w 2 = t z − 1 e 1 + e 2 . (27)
whose matrix is
H t = ( z ( z − 1 ) / t t 1 ) , det H t = 1. (28) H_t=\begin{pmatrix} z & (z-1)/t \\ t & 1 \end{pmatrix},\qquad\det H_t=1. \tag*{(28)} H t = ( z t ( z − 1 ) / t 1 ) , det H t = 1. (28)
Theorem 10.3. Let μ 1 , μ 2 ∈ C \mu_1,\mu_2\in\mathbb{C} μ 1 , μ 2 ∈ C , put λ = μ 2 − μ 1 \lambda=\mu_2-\mu_1 λ = μ 2 − μ 1 , and consider on S × S^\times S × the standard normal form
A o p e n = ( μ 1 z − 1 q ( z ) 0 μ 2 z − 1 ) , q ( z ) = α z − 2 + β ρ λ ( z ) , (29) A_{\mathrm{open}}=\begin{pmatrix}\mu_1z^{-1} & q(z) \\ 0 & \mu_2z^{-1}\end{pmatrix},\qquad q(z)=\alpha z^{-2}+\beta\rho_\lambda(z), \tag*{(29)} A open = ( μ 1 z − 1 0 q ( z ) μ 2 z − 1 ) , q ( z ) = α z − 2 + β ρ λ ( z ) , (29) where α \alpha α and β \beta β are meromorphic in t t t . Transport it to the fixed lattice by
A f i x = H t A o p e n H t − 1 − H t ′ H t − 1 . A_{\mathrm{fix}}=H_tA_{\mathrm{open}}H_t^{-1}-H_t'H_t^{-1}. A fix = H t A open H t − 1 − H t ′ H t − 1 . Set
N λ ( t , z ) = λ z − λ − 1 + t z 2 q ( z ) . (30) N_\lambda(t,z)=\lambda z-\lambda-1+tz^2q(z). \tag*{(30)} N λ ( t , z ) = λ z − λ − 1 + t z 2 q ( z ) . (30) Then
A f i x = ( − λ + μ 2 z − 1 − t z q N λ / t − t ( λ + t z q ) / z λ + μ 1 z − 1 + t z q ) . (31) A_{\mathrm{fix}}=
\begin{pmatrix}
-\lambda+\mu_2z^{-1}-tzq & N_\lambda/t\\
-t(\lambda+tzq)/z & \lambda+\mu_1z^{-1}+tzq
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(31)} A fix = ( − λ + μ 2 z − 1 − t z q − t ( λ + t z q ) / z N λ / t λ + μ 1 z − 1 + t z q ) . (31) The following alternatives hold.
(i) If λ ∈ Z ≥ 1 \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ ∈ Z ≥ 1 , no meromorphic arc in the distinguished normal slice (29) extends through this oriented elementary wall.
(ii) If λ ∉ Z ≥ 1 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 1 , then ρ λ = z − 1 \rho_\lambda=z^{-1} ρ λ = z − 1 and the arc extends holomorphically across t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , with pole order at most two in the fixed lattice, if and only if there are unique holomorphic functions a , b ∈ O S a,b\in\mathcal{O}_S a , b ∈ O S such that
α = λ + 1 t + a , β = − λ t + b . (32) \alpha=\frac{\lambda+1}{t}+a,\qquad\beta=-\frac{\lambda}{t}+b. \tag*{(32)} α = t λ + 1 + a , β = − t λ + b . (32) Its special fibre has residue vector
( μ 1 − 1 , μ 2 + 1 ) (33) (\mu_1-1,\mu_2+1) \tag*{(33)} ( μ 1 − 1 , μ 2 + 1 ) (33)
and, before framed normalisation, upper-right coefficient a ( 0 ) + b ( 0 ) z a(0) + b(0)z a ( 0 ) + b ( 0 ) z . Its unique special normal coordinates are
( α ~ , β ~ ) = ( 0 , σ λ + 2 ( a ( 0 ) , b ( 0 ) ) ) . (34) (\widetilde{\alpha},\widetilde{\beta})=(0,\sigma_{\lambda+2}(a(0),b(0))). \tag*{(34)} ( α , β ) = ( 0 , σ λ + 2 ( a ( 0 ) , b ( 0 ))) . (34)
Proof. A direct multiplication gives (31) . If λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 1 \lambda=m\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ = m ∈ Z ≥ 1 , then z 2 ρ λ = z m + 1 z^2\rho_\lambda=z^{m+1} z 2 ρ λ = z m + 1 and
N λ t = t α − m − 1 t + m t z + β z m + 1 . \frac{N_\lambda}{t}=\frac{t\alpha-m-1}{t}+\frac{m}{t}z+\beta z^{m+1}. t N λ = t t α − m − 1 + t m z + β z m + 1 .
The monomials 1 1 1 , z z z , z m + 1 z^{m+1} z m + 1 are distinct. Hence holomorphicity in t t t of the upper-right entry would force each of their coefficients to be holomorphic, but the coefficient of z z z is m / t m/t m / t . This is impossible.
Assume now that λ ∉ Z ≥ 1 \lambda\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ ∈ / Z ≥ 1 . Then ρ λ = z − 1 \rho_\lambda=z^{-1} ρ λ = z − 1 , including the resonant case λ = 0 \lambda=0 λ = 0 , and
N λ = ( t α − λ − 1 ) + ( t β + λ ) z . N_\lambda=(t\alpha-\lambda-1)+(t\beta+\lambda)z. N λ = ( t α − λ − 1 ) + ( tβ + λ ) z .
Thus N λ / t N_\lambda/t N λ / t is holomorphic if and only if (32) holds with a , b a,b a , b holomorphic. Substitution into (31) shows that every entry then extends and that the diagonal special residues are (33) . The special upper-right coefficient is a ( 0 ) + b ( 0 ) z a(0)+b(0)z a ( 0 ) + b ( 0 ) z . Its residue difference is λ + 2 \lambda+2 λ + 2 , so Lemma 10.1 gives (34) . □
Corollary 10.4. For ( μ 1 , μ 2 ) = ( 1 , − 1 ) (\mu_1,\mu_2)=(1,-1) ( μ 1 , μ 2 ) = ( 1 , − 1 ) every extending arc is uniquely of the form
α = − t − 1 + a , β = 2 t − 1 + b , a , b ∈ O S , \alpha=-t^{-1}+a,\qquad\beta=2t^{-1}+b,\qquad a,b\in\mathcal{O}_S, α = − t − 1 + a , β = 2 t − 1 + b , a , b ∈ O S ,
and every special normal representative is the origin of the residue stratum ( 0 , 0 ) (0,0) ( 0 , 0 ) . The distinguished choice a = b = 0 a=b=0 a = b = 0 is the family (23) . The finite wall parameters are
a = 1 + t α t , b = − 2 + t β t ; (35) a=\frac{1+t\alpha}{t},\qquad b=\frac{-2+t\beta}{t}; \tag*{(35)} a = t 1 + t α , b = t − 2 + tβ ; (35)
the numerators alone merely express the required divisibility by t t t .
Proof. Here λ + 2 = 0 \lambda+2=0 λ + 2 = 0 and σ 0 = 0 \sigma_0=0 σ 0 = 0 . Substituting a = b = 0 a=b=0 a = b = 0 into (31) gives t z − 2 E 21 tz^{-2}E_{21} t z − 2 E 21 . □
The theorem exhibits a resonance barrier which is invisible in the fixed-stratum dimension count: the oriented wall meets every distinguished normal slice except those with strictly positive integral residue difference. The reverse orientation is a different chart and must be analysed separately.
Polynomial rank-three wall coordinates
We first cross the wall in the first adjacent pair. Embed H t H_t H t into the first two coordinates and put
H ^ t 12 = ( z ( z − 1 ) / t 0 t 1 0 0 0 1 ) . \widehat{H}^{12}_t=
\begin{pmatrix}
z & (z-1)/t & 0\\
t & 1 & 0\\
0 & 0 & 1
\end{pmatrix}. H t 12 = z t 0 ( z − 1 ) / t 1 0 0 0 1 .
On S × S^\times S × consider
A o p e n 12 = ( z − 1 α z − 2 + β z − 1 η z − 2 + θ z − 1 0 − z − 1 γ z − 2 + δ z − 1 0 0 − z − 1 ) . (36) A^{12}_{\mathrm{open}}=
\begin{pmatrix}
z^{-1} & \alpha z^{-2}+\beta z^{-1} & \eta z^{-2}+\theta z^{-1}\\
0 & -z^{-1} & \gamma z^{-2}+\delta z^{-1}\\
0 & 0 & -z^{-1}
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(36)} A open 12 = z − 1 0 0 α z − 2 + β z − 1 − z − 1 0 η z − 2 + θ z − 1 γ z − 2 + δ z − 1 − z − 1 . (36)
Theorem 10.5. Transport (36) by H ^ t 12 \widehat{H}^{12}_t H t 12 . The result extends across t = 0 t=0 t = 0 if and only if there are unique holomorphic functions a , b , C , D , U , V a,b,C,D,U,V a , b , C , D , U , V satisfying
α = − t − 1 + a , β = 2 t − 1 + b , γ = t C , δ = D , \alpha=-t^{-1}+a,\qquad\beta=2t^{-1}+b,\qquad\gamma=tC,\qquad\delta=D, α = − t − 1 + a , β = 2 t − 1 + b , γ = tC , δ = D , η = U − C + D / t , θ = V − D / t . (37) \eta=U-C+D/t,\qquad\theta=V-D/t. \tag*{(37)} η = U − C + D / t , θ = V − D / t . (37) In these parameters the transported matrix is
\begin{pmatrix}
-t(a+bz)/z & a+bz & -Cz^{-2}+Uz^{-1}+V\\
t(1-t(a+bz))/z^2 & t(a+bz)/z & (D+tU)z^{-2}+tVz^{-1}\\
0 & 0 & -z^{-1}
\end{pmatrix}. \tag*{(38)}\end{pmatrix}
The special residue vector is ( 0 , 0 , − 1 ) (0,0,-1) ( 0 , 0 , − 1 ) . Define
A = − C − D ( a + b 2 ) , B = U + D a + V 2 + D b 4 . (39) A=-C-D\left(a+\frac{b}{2}\right),\qquad B=U+Da+\frac{V}{2}+\frac{Db}{4}. \tag*{(39)} A = − C − D ( a + 2 b ) , B = U + D a + 2 V + 4 D b . (39) After unique framed normalisation of the special fibre one has
( α ~ 12 , β ~ 12 ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , (40) (\widetilde{\alpha}_{12},\widetilde{\beta}_{12})=(0,0), \tag*{(40)} ( α 12 , β 12 ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , (40) ( α ~ 23 , β ~ 23 ) = ( D ( 0 ) , 0 ) , (41) (\widetilde{\alpha}_{23},\widetilde{\beta}_{23})=(D(0),0), \tag*{(41)} ( α 23 , β 23 ) = ( D ( 0 ) , 0 ) , (41) ( α ~ 13 , β ~ 13 ) = ( A ( 0 ) , B ( 0 ) ) . (42) (\widetilde{\alpha}_{13},\widetilde{\beta}_{13})=(A(0),B(0)). \tag*{(42)} ( α 13 , β 13 ) = ( A ( 0 ) , B ( 0 )) . (42)
Moreover,
( a , b , C , D , U , V ) ⟼ ( a , b , D , V , A , B ) (43) (a,b,C,D,U,V)\longmapsto(a,b,D,V,A,B) \tag*{(43)} ( a , b , C , D , U , V ) ⟼ ( a , b , D , V , A , B ) (43)
is a polynomial automorphism of the six-dimensional extension parameter space. Thus the correction in the natural root coordinates is triangular and admits polynomially adapted wall coordinates.
Proof. Direct multiplication gives
H ^ t 12 A o p e n 12 ( H ^ t 12 ) − 1 − ( H ^ t 12 ) ( H ^ t 12 ) − 1 = ( − Ξ / z Ξ / t − C z − 2 + U z − 1 + V t ( 1 − Ξ ) / z 2 Ξ / z ( D + t U ) z − 2 + t V z − 1 0 0 − z − 1 ) . \widehat{H}_t^{12}A_{\mathrm{open}}^{12}(\widehat{H}_t^{12})^{-1}-(\widehat{H}_t^{12})(\widehat{H}_t^{12})^{-1}=
\begin{pmatrix}
-\Xi/z & \Xi/t & -Cz^{-2}+Uz^{-1}+V\\
t(1-\Xi)/z^2 & \Xi/z & (D+tU)z^{-2}+tVz^{-1}\\
0 & 0 & -z^{-1}
\end{pmatrix}. H t 12 A open 12 ( H t 12 ) − 1 − ( H t 12 ) ( H t 12 ) − 1 = − Ξ/ z t ( 1 − Ξ ) / z 2 0 Ξ/ t Ξ/ z 0 − C z − 2 + U z − 1 + V ( D + t U ) z − 2 + t V z − 1 − z − 1 .
where
Ξ = 1 − 2 z + t α + t β z , C = γ / t , U = ( γ − δ ) / t + η , V = δ / t + θ , D = δ . \Xi=1-2z+t\alpha+t\beta z,\qquad C=\gamma/t,\qquad U=(\gamma-\delta)/t+\eta,\qquad V=\delta/t+\theta,\qquad D=\delta. Ξ = 1 − 2 z + t α + tβ z , C = γ / t , U = ( γ − δ ) / t + η , V = δ / t + θ , D = δ .
Coefficientwise holomorphicity is therefore equivalent to (37) , and then Ξ = t ( a + b z ) \Xi=t(a+bz) Ξ = t ( a + b z ) , giving (38) .
At t = 0 t=0 t = 0 the height-one coefficients are
q 12 = a + b z , q 23 = D z − 2 . q_{12}=a+bz,\qquad q_{23}=Dz^{-2}. q 12 = a + b z , q 23 = D z − 2 .
The unique framed gauge removing q 12 q_{12} q 12 is
g = I 3 + p ( z ) E 12 , p ( z ) = − a ( z − 1 ) − b 2 ( z 2 − 1 ) . g=I_3+p(z)E_{12},\qquad p(z)=-a(z-1)-\frac{b}{2}(z^2-1). g = I 3 + p ( z ) E 12 , p ( z ) = − a ( z − 1 ) − 2 b ( z 2 − 1 ) .
It changes the composite coefficient to
[ − C − D ( a + b 2 ) ] z − 2 + ( U + D a ) z − 1 + V + D b 2 . \left[-C-D\left(a+\frac{b}{2}\right)\right]z^{-2}+(U+Da)z^{-1}+V+\frac{Db}{2}. [ − C − D ( a + 2 b ) ] z − 2 + ( U + D a ) z − 1 + V + 2 D b .
The special residue difference for the root 13 is − 1 -1 − 1 . By (22) , the constant term contributes half of itself to the normal z − 1 z^{-1} z − 1 -coefficient. This yields (39) and (40) –(42) .
Finally, (43) is triangular, with inverse
C = − A − D ( a + b 2 ) , U = B − D a − V 2 − D b 4 . C=-A-D\left(a+\frac{b}{2}\right),\qquad U=B-Da-\frac{V}{2}-\frac{Db}{4}. C = − A − D ( a + 2 b ) , U = B − D a − 2 V − 4 D b .
Hence it is a polynomial automorphism. □
The opposite simple-root chart is described in the same way. Embed H t H_t H t into the last two coordinates and put
H ^ t 23 = ( 1 0 0 0 z ( z − 1 ) / t 0 t 1 ) . \widehat{H}_t^{23}=
\begin{pmatrix}
1&0&0\\
0&z&(z-1)/t\\
0&t&1
\end{pmatrix}. H t 23 = 1 0 0 0 z t 0 ( z − 1 ) / t 1 .
On S × S^\times S × take
A o p e n 23 = ( z − 1 γ z − 2 + δ z − 1 η z − 2 + θ z − 1 0 z − 1 α z − 2 + β z − 1 0 0 − z − 1 ) . A_{\mathrm{open}}^{23}=
\begin{pmatrix}
z^{-1}&\gamma z^{-2}+\delta z^{-1}&\eta z^{-2}+\theta z^{-1}\\
0&z^{-1}&\alpha z^{-2}+\beta z^{-1}\\
0&0&-z^{-1}
\end{pmatrix}. A open 23 = z − 1 0 0 γ z − 2 + δ z − 1 z − 1 0 η z − 2 + θ z − 1 α z − 2 + β z − 1 − z − 1 .
Proposition 10.6. The transport of (10.24) by H ^ t 23 \widehat{H}_t^{23} H t 23 extends if and only if there are unique holomorphic functions a , b , C , D , U , V a,b,C,D,U,V a , b , C , D , U , V such that
α = − t − 1 + a , β = 2 t − 1 + b , γ = t C , δ = D , \alpha=-t^{-1}+a,\qquad\beta=2t^{-1}+b,\qquad\gamma=tC,\qquad\delta=D, α = − t − 1 + a , β = 2 t − 1 + b , γ = tC , δ = D ,
η = U + C − D / t , θ = V + D / t . (44) \eta=U+C-D/t,\qquad\theta=V+D/t. \tag*{(44)} η = U + C − D / t , θ = V + D / t . (44)
The special residue vector is ( 1 , 0 , 0 ) (1,0,0) ( 1 , 0 , 0 ) . If
A + = C + D ( a + b 2 ) , B + = U − D a + V 2 − D b 4 , (45) A^+=C+D\left(a+\frac{b}{2}\right),\qquad B^+=U-Da+\frac{V}{2}-\frac{Db}{4}, \tag*{(45)} A + = C + D ( a + 2 b ) , B + = U − D a + 2 V − 4 D b , (45)
then its special normal coordinates are
( α ~ 23 , β ~ 23 ) = ( 0 , 0 ) , (\widetilde{\alpha}_{23},\widetilde{\beta}_{23})=(0,0), ( α 23 , β 23 ) = ( 0 , 0 ) ,
( α ~ 12 , β ~ 12 ) = ( D ( 0 ) , 0 ) , (\widetilde{\alpha}_{12},\widetilde{\beta}_{12})=(D(0),0), ( α 12 , β 12 ) = ( D ( 0 ) , 0 ) ,
( α ~ 13 , β ~ 13 ) = ( A + ( 0 ) , B + ( 0 ) ) . (\widetilde{\alpha}_{13},\widetilde{\beta}_{13})=(A^+(0),B^+(0)). ( α 13 , β 13 ) = ( A + ( 0 ) , B + ( 0 )) .
The map
( a , b , C , D , U , V ) ⟼ ( a , b , D , V , A + , B + ) (a,b,C,D,U,V)\longmapsto(a,b,D,V,A^+,B^+) ( a , b , C , D , U , V ) ⟼ ( a , b , D , V , A + , B + )
is again a polynomial automorphism.
Proof. A direct multiplication yields the extended root coefficients
q 13 f i x = C z − 2 + U z − 1 + V , q^{\mathrm{fix}}_{13}=Cz^{-2}+Uz^{-1}+V, q 13 fix = C z − 2 + U z − 1 + V ,
q 12 f i x = ( D − t U ) z − 2 − t V z − 1 , q^{\mathrm{fix}}_{12}=(D-tU)z^{-2}-tVz^{-1}, q 12 fix = ( D − t U ) z − 2 − t V z − 1 ,
together with the rank-two wall matrix in the ( 2 , 3 ) (2,3) ( 2 , 3 ) block. This is equivalent to (44) . At t = 0 t=0 t = 0 one has
q 23 = a + b z , q 12 = D z − 2 , q 13 = C z − 2 + U z − 1 + V . q_{23}=a+bz,\qquad q_{12}=Dz^{-2},\qquad q_{13}=Cz^{-2}+Uz^{-1}+V. q 23 = a + b z , q 12 = D z − 2 , q 13 = C z − 2 + U z − 1 + V .
Removing q 23 q_{23} q 23 by the framed gauge I 3 + p ( z ) E 23 I_3+p(z)E_{23} I 3 + p ( z ) E 23 with p = − a ( z − 1 ) − b 2 ( z 2 − 1 ) p=-a(z-1)-\frac{b}{2}(z^2-1) p = − a ( z − 1 ) − 2 b ( z 2 − 1 ) changes the composite coefficient to
[ C + D ( a + b 2 ) ] z − 2 + ( U − D a ) z − 1 + V − D b 2 . \left[C+D\left(a+\frac{b}{2}\right)\right]z^{-2}+(U-Da)z^{-1}+V-\frac{Db}{2}. [ C + D ( a + 2 b ) ] z − 2 + ( U − D a ) z − 1 + V − 2 D b .
Applying (22) gives (45) . Triangularity gives the final assertion.
The two propositions show what is intrinsic in the first rank-three calculation. The natural rootwise coordinates are not independent across the wall, but their mixing is polynomially triangular and can be absorbed into adapted wall coordinates. Thus this calculation does not disprove every abstract product chart. What survives coordinate changes is the ordered compatibility at the intersection of two adjacent walls, to which we now turn.
Elementary wall torsors in arbitrary rank
We now pass from the rank-two and rank-three calculations to a single elementary wall in arbitrary rank. The first statement is a block calculation. The second packages all extension equations into a free lattice over the wall parameter and thereby yields a relative affine torsor parametrising connection lifts. For 1 ≤ i < r 1\leq i<r 1 ≤ i < r , let H i ( t ) H_i(t) H i ( t ) be the identity outside the coordinates i , i + 1 i,i+1 i , i + 1 and have the block
H t = ( z ( z − 1 ) / t t 1 ) H_t=\begin{pmatrix}z & (z-1)/t \\ t & 1\end{pmatrix} H t = ( z t ( z − 1 ) / t 1 )
on those coordinates. Write a meromorphic arc in the distinguished normal slice as
A o p e n ( t , z ) = M μ z + ∑ 1 ≤ j < k ≤ r q j k ( t , z ) E j k , q j k = α j k z − 2 + β j k ρ μ k − μ j ( z ) , (46) A_{\mathrm{open}}(t,z)=\frac{M_\mu}{z}+\sum_{1\leq j<k\leq r}q_{jk}(t,z)E_{jk},\qquad q_{jk}=\alpha_{jk}z^{-2}+\beta_{jk}\rho_{\mu_k-\mu_j}(z), \tag*{(46)} A open ( t , z ) = z M μ + 1 ≤ j < k ≤ r ∑ q j k ( t , z ) E j k , q j k = α j k z − 2 + β j k ρ μ k − μ j ( z ) , (46)
where α j k \alpha_{jk} α j k and β j k \beta_{jk} β j k are meromorphic germs in t t t .
Proposition 10.7. Fix i i i , put λ i = μ i + 1 − μ i \lambda_i=\mu_{i+1}-\mu_i λ i = μ i + 1 − μ i and q i = q i , i + 1 q_i=q_{i,i+1} q i = q i , i + 1 , and set
A f i x = H i ( t ) A o p e n H i ( t ) − 1 − ( ∂ z H i ( t ) ) H i ( t ) − 1 . A_{\mathrm{fix}}=H_i(t)A_{\mathrm{open}}H_i(t)^{-1}-(\partial_zH_i(t))H_i(t)^{-1}. A fix = H i ( t ) A open H i ( t ) − 1 − ( ∂ z H i ( t )) H i ( t ) − 1 .
Then the only entries changed by the raw transport are the direct 2 × 2 2\times2 2 × 2 block and the two root strings meeting it. If
N i ( t , z ) = λ i z − λ i − 1 + t z 2 q i ( t , z ) , N_i(t,z)=\lambda_i z-\lambda_i-1+tz^2q_i(t,z), N i ( t , z ) = λ i z − λ i − 1 + t z 2 q i ( t , z ) ,
then the direct block is
( A f i x ) i i = − λ i + μ i + 1 z − 1 − t z q i , (47) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{ii}=-\lambda_i+\mu_{i+1}z^{-1}-tzq_i, \tag*{(47)} ( A fix ) ii = − λ i + μ i + 1 z − 1 − t z q i , (47)
( A f i x ) i , i + 1 = N i / t , (48) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{i,i+1}=N_i/t, \tag*{(48)} ( A fix ) i , i + 1 = N i / t , (48)
( A f i x ) i + 1 , i = − t ( λ i + t z q i ) / z , (49) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{i+1,i}=-t(\lambda_i+tzq_i)/z, \tag*{(49)} ( A fix ) i + 1 , i = − t ( λ i + t z q i ) / z , (49)
( A f i x ) i + 1 , i + 1 = λ i + μ i z − 1 + t z q i . (50) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{i+1,i+1}=\lambda_i+\mu_i z^{-1}+tzq_i. \tag*{(50)} ( A fix ) i + 1 , i + 1 = λ i + μ i z − 1 + t z q i . (50)
For p < i p<i p < i one has
( A f i x ) p , i = q p , i − t q p , i + 1 , (51) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{p,i}=q_{p,i}-tq_{p,i+1}, \tag*{(51)} ( A fix ) p , i = q p , i − t q p , i + 1 , (51)
( A f i x ) p , i + 1 = z q p , i + 1 − z − 1 t q p , i , (52) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{p,i+1}=zq_{p,i+1}-\frac{z-1}{t}q_{p,i}, \tag*{(52)} ( A fix ) p , i + 1 = z q p , i + 1 − t z − 1 q p , i , (52)
and, for k > i + 1 k>i+1 k > i + 1 ,
( A f i x ) i , k = z q i , k + z − 1 t q i + 1 , k , (53) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{i,k}=zq_{i,k}+\frac{z-1}{t}q_{i+1,k}, \tag*{(53)} ( A fix ) i , k = z q i , k + t z − 1 q i + 1 , k , (53)
( A f i x ) i + 1 , k = t q i , k + q i + 1 , k . (54) (A_{\mathrm{fix}})_{i+1,k}=tq_{i,k}+q_{i+1,k}. \tag*{(54)} ( A fix ) i + 1 , k = t q i , k + q i + 1 , k . (54)
Every other off-diagonal entry is unchanged. Consequently, extension through t = 0 t=0 t = 0 is equivalent to the rank-two condition on q i q_i q i together with holomorphicity in t t t of the finitely many expressions in (51) –(54) ; there are no further raw extension equations.
Proof. On the active block,
H t − 1 = ( 1 − ( z − 1 ) / t − t z ) . H_t^{-1}=\begin{pmatrix}1&-(z-1)/t\\-t&z\end{pmatrix}. H t − 1 = ( 1 − t − ( z − 1 ) / t z ) .
The direct block is the rank-two calculation in Theorem 10.3 . Multiplying the row ( q p , i , q p , i + 1 ) (q_{p,i},q_{p,i+1}) ( q p , i , q p , i + 1 ) by H t − 1 H_t^{-1} H t − 1 gives (10.32)–(10.33), while multiplying H t H_t H t by the column ( q i , k , q i + 1 , k ) T (q_{i,k},q_{i+1,k})^{\mathsf T} ( q i , k , q i + 1 , k ) T gives (10.34)–(10.35). Entries having neither row nor column in the active pair are unchanged. Since the displayed formula is the full matrix transport, its coefficientwise holomorphicity is necessary and sufficient. □
Put R = C { t } R=\mathbb{C}\{t\} R = C { t } and K t = R [ t − 1 ] K_t=R[t^{-1}] K t = R [ t − 1 ] . For every positive root j < k j<k j < k , let
V j k μ = C z − 2 ⊕ C ρ μ k − μ j ( z ) , V μ = ⨁ j < k V j k μ E j k . V^\mu_{jk}=\mathbb{C}z^{-2}\oplus\mathbb{C}\rho_{\mu_k-\mu_j}(z),\qquad V_\mu=\bigoplus_{j<k}V^\mu_{jk}E_{jk}. V j k μ = C z − 2 ⊕ C ρ μ k − μ j ( z ) , V μ = j < k ⨁ V j k μ E j k .
Thus dim C V μ = N = r ( r − 1 ) \dim_{\mathbb{C}}V_\mu=N=r(r-1) dim C V μ = N = r ( r − 1 ) . For ν ∈ C \nu\in\mathbb{C} ν ∈ C , write π ν : z − 2 O ( Δ ) ⟶ C 2 \pi_\nu:z^{-2}\mathcal{O}(\Delta)\longrightarrow\mathbb{C}^2 π ν : z − 2 O ( Δ ) ⟶ C 2 for the linear normal-coordinate projection defined by the direct sum in Lemma 5.5: if q = L ν ( P ) + α z − 2 + β ρ ν q=L_\nu(P)+\alpha z^{-2}+\beta\rho_\nu q = L ν ( P ) + α z − 2 + β ρ ν , then π ν ( q ) = ( α , β ) \pi_\nu(q)=(\alpha,\beta) π ν ( q ) = ( α , β ) .
Assume from now on that λ i ∉ Z ≥ 1 \lambda_i\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ i ∈ / Z ≥ 1 , so ρ λ i = z − 1 \rho_{\lambda_i}=z^{-1} ρ λ i = z − 1 , and define the distinguished minimal crossing
q i , μ 0 ( t , z ) = ( λ i + 1 t z − 2 − λ i t z − 1 ) E i , i + 1 . (55) q^0_{i,\mu}(t,z)=\left(\frac{\lambda_i+1}{t}z^{-2}-\frac{\lambda_i}{t}z^{-1}\right)E_{i,i+1}. \tag*{(55)} q i , μ 0 ( t , z ) = ( t λ i + 1 z − 2 − t λ i z − 1 ) E i , i + 1 . (55)
For p < i p<i p < i , define the left lateral lattice
L p , i L = { ( x , y ) ∈ ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ C K t : x − t y ∈ z − 2 R { z } , z y − ( z − 1 ) t − 1 x ∈ z − 2 R { z } } . \mathcal{L}^{L}_{p,i}=\left\{(x,y)\in(V^\mu_{p,i}\oplus V^\mu_{p,i+1})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}K_t:x-ty\in z^{-2}R\{z\},\ zy-(z-1)t^{-1}x\in z^{-2}R\{z\}\right\}. L p , i L = { ( x , y ) ∈ ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ C K t : x − t y ∈ z − 2 R { z } , z y − ( z − 1 ) t − 1 x ∈ z − 2 R { z } } .
and, for k > i + 1 k>i+1 k > i + 1 , define the right lateral lattice
L i , k R = { ( x , y ) ∈ ( V i , k μ ⊕ V i + 1 , k μ ) ⊗ C K t : z x + ( z − 1 ) t − 1 y ∈ z − 2 R { z } , t x + y ∈ z − 2 R { z } } . \mathcal{L}^{R}_{i,k}=\left\{(x,y)\in(V^\mu_{i,k}\oplus V^\mu_{i+1,k})\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}K_t:zx+(z-1)t^{-1}y\in z^{-2}R\{z\},\ tx+y\in z^{-2}R\{z\}\right\}. L i , k R = { ( x , y ) ∈ ( V i , k μ ⊕ V i + 1 , k μ ) ⊗ C K t : z x + ( z − 1 ) t − 1 y ∈ z − 2 R { z } , t x + y ∈ z − 2 R { z } } .
Finally, let V μ o u t V^{\mathrm{out}}_\mu V μ out be the sum of the root spaces whose two indices avoid { i , i + 1 } \{i,i+1\} { i , i + 1 } , and put
L i , μ = ( V i , i + 1 μ ⊗ R ) ⊕ ⨁ p < i L p , i L ⊕ ⨁ k > i + 1 L i , k R ⊕ ( V μ o u t ⊗ R ) . (56) \mathcal{L}_{i,\mu}=(V^\mu_{i,i+1}\otimes R)\oplus\bigoplus_{p<i}\mathcal{L}^{L}_{p,i}\oplus\bigoplus_{k>i+1}\mathcal{L}^{R}_{i,k}\oplus(V^{\mathrm{out}}_\mu\otimes R). \tag*{(56)} L i , μ = ( V i , i + 1 μ ⊗ R ) ⊕ p < i ⨁ L p , i L ⊕ k > i + 1 ⨁ L i , k R ⊕ ( V μ out ⊗ R ) . (56)
For a flat local analytic R R R -algebra A A A with A / t A ≠ 0 A/tA\ne0 A / t A = 0 , let Wall i , μ ( A ) \operatorname{Wall}_{i,\mu}(A) Wall i , μ ( A ) be the set of coefficients Q ∈ V μ ⊗ C A [ t − 1 ] Q\in V_\mu\otimes_{\mathbb{C}}A[t^{-1}] Q ∈ V μ ⊗ C A [ t − 1 ] for which the transport of M μ / z + Q M_\mu/z+Q M μ / z + Q by H i ( t ) H_i(t) H i ( t ) has entries in z − 2 A { z } z^{-2}A\{z\} z − 2 A { z } .
Theorem 10.8. (i) If λ i ∈ Z ≥ 1 \lambda_i\in\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ i ∈ Z ≥ 1 , then Wall i , μ ( A ) = ∅ \operatorname{Wall}_{i,\mu}(A)=\varnothing Wall i , μ ( A ) = ∅ for every flat local analytic R R R -algebra A A A with non-empty special fibre.
(ii) If λ i ∉ Z ≥ 1 \lambda_i\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\geq1} λ i ∈ / Z ≥ 1 , then, functorially in every such A A A ,
Wall i , μ ( A ) = q i , μ 0 + L i , μ ⊗ R A . (57) \operatorname{Wall}_{i,\mu}(A)=q^0_{i,\mu}+\mathcal{L}_{i,\mu}\otimes_R A. \tag*{(57)} Wall i , μ ( A ) = q i , μ 0 + L i , μ ⊗ R A . (57) Every lateral module in (56) is a free R R R -module of rank 4 4 4 , and L i , μ \mathcal{L}_{i,\mu} L i , μ is free of rank
2 + 4 ( r − 2 ) + ( r − 2 ) ( r − 3 ) = r ( r − 1 ) = N . 2+4(r-2)+(r-2)(r-3)=r(r-1)=N. 2 + 4 ( r − 2 ) + ( r − 2 ) ( r − 3 ) = r ( r − 1 ) = N . Thus the elementary connection-lift functor is represented by the affine S S S -space
q i , μ 0 + V S ( L i , μ ) , q^0_{i,\mu}+V_S(\mathcal{L}_{i,\mu}), q i , μ 0 + V S ( L i , μ ) , a torsor under the analytic vector bundle V S ( L i , μ ) V_S(\mathcal{L}_{i,\mu}) V S ( L i , μ ) . Subtraction of the distinguished minimal crossing identifies it with that vector bundle; after choosing an R R R -basis, it is non-canonically isomorphic to S × A C N S\times\mathbb{A}^N_{\mathbb{C}} S × A C N .
(iii) Put
μ ′ = μ − e i + e i + 1 . \mu'=\mu-e_i+e_{i+1}. μ ′ = μ − e i + e i + 1 . Evaluation of the transported universal connection at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , followed by the unique framed normalisation, defines a polynomial morphism
sp i , μ : V S ( L i , μ ) 0 ⟶ S μ ′ ≃ A C N . (58) \operatorname{sp}_{i,\mu}:V_S(\mathcal{L}_{i,\mu})_0\longrightarrow S_{\mu'}\simeq\mathbb{A}^N_{\mathbb{C}}. \tag*{(58)} sp i , μ : V S ( L i , μ ) 0 ⟶ S μ ′ ≃ A C N . (58) If q j k r a w q^{\mathrm{raw}}_{jk} q j k raw denotes the transported special coefficient and h = k − j h=k-j h = k − j , then
( α ~ j k , β ~ j k ) = π μ k ′ − μ j ′ ( q j k r a w ) + P j k ( q a b r a w : b − a < h ) , (59) (\widetilde{\alpha}_{jk},\widetilde{\beta}_{jk})=\pi_{\mu'_k-\mu'_j}(q^{\mathrm{raw}}_{jk})+P_{jk}(q^{\mathrm{raw}}_{ab}:b-a<h), \tag*{(59)} ( α j k , β j k ) = π μ k ′ − μ j ′ ( q j k raw ) + P j k ( q ab raw : b − a < h ) , (59) where P j k P_{jk} P j k is a C 2 \mathbb{C}^2 C 2 -valued polynomial of total degree at most h h h . For h = 1 h=1 h = 1 one has P j k = 0 P_{jk}=0 P j k = 0 ; for h ≥ 2 h\geq2 h ≥ 2 , the polynomial P j k P_{jk} P j k has no terms of total degree less than 2 2 2 . In particular, the specialisation map is triangular by root height, and its degree-one part is the scalar projection of the transported raw coefficient. On the active root, writing
α i , i + 1 = λ i + 1 t + a i , β i , i + 1 = − λ i t + b i , \alpha_{i,i+1}=\frac{\lambda_i+1}{t}+a_i,\qquad\beta_{i,i+1}=-\frac{\lambda_i}{t}+b_i, α i , i + 1 = t λ i + 1 + a i , β i , i + 1 = − t λ i + b i ,
it is
( a i , b i ) ⟼ ( 0 , σ λ i + 2 ( a i ( 0 ) , b i ( 0 ) ) ) . (a_i,b_i)\longmapsto(0,\sigma_{\lambda_i+2}(a_i(0),b_i(0))). ( a i , b i ) ⟼ ( 0 , σ λ i + 2 ( a i ( 0 ) , b i ( 0 ))) .
(iv) The represented wall functor and the polynomial specialisation map commute with flat local analytic base change. No analogous assertion is made for non-flat thickenings; the defect in Proposition 10.15 shows why additional saturation data are then required.
Proof. Part (i) is the rank-two resonance barrier. The direct entry (48) is independent of every lateral coordinate, so no off-block term can cancel its z z z -coefficient obstruction. The same coefficient argument remains valid after flat base change because t t t is a non-zero divisor.
Assume λ i ∉ Z ≥ 1 \lambda_i \notin\mathbb{Z}_{\ge1} λ i ∈ / Z ≥ 1 . By Theorem 10.3 , the direct root of every extending arc is uniquely the minimal crossing (55) plus an element of V i , i + 1 μ ⊗ R V^\mu_{i,i+1}\otimes R V i , i + 1 μ ⊗ R . The formulas of Proposition 10.7 show that the remaining extension conditions split independently into the left lateral pairs, the right lateral pairs and the unaffected roots. This gives (57) over R R R and the direct-sum decomposition (56) . Since the defining coefficient maps are maps of finite free R R R -modules, flat pullback preserves their kernels and yields the same formula over every flat A A A . For a left pair, let T L ( x , y ) T^{L}(x,y) T L ( x , y ) denote the two expressions in its definition. If x x x and y y y are divisible by t t t , then T L ( x , y ) T^{L}(x,y) T L ( x , y ) is holomorphic in t t t ; hence
t ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R ⊆ L p , i L . t(V^\mu_{p,i}\oplus V^\mu_{p,i+1})\otimes R\subseteq\mathcal{L}^{L}_{p,i}. t ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R ⊆ L p , i L .
Conversely, writing T L ( x , y ) = ( u , v ) T^{L}(x,y)=(u,v) T L ( x , y ) = ( u , v ) and multiplying by H t H_t H t gives x = z u + t v x=zu+tv x = z u + t v , and y = ( z − 1 ) t − 1 u + v y=(z-1)t^{-1}u+v y = ( z − 1 ) t − 1 u + v . Thus the t t t -adic valuations of the coefficients of x x x and y y y are at least − 1 -1 − 1 . Therefore
L p , i L ⊆ t − 1 ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R . \mathcal{L}^{L}_{p,i}\subseteq t^{-1}(V^\mu_{p,i}\oplus V^\mu_{p,i+1})\otimes R. L p , i L ⊆ t − 1 ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R .
The same argument, using H t − 1 H_t^{-1} H t − 1 , gives the identical two-sided bound for every right lateral lattice. The quotient
t − 1 ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R / ( ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R ) t^{-1}(V^\mu_{p,i}\oplus V^\mu_{p,i+1})\otimes R\big/\bigl((V^\mu_{p,i}\oplus V^\mu_{p,i+1})\otimes R\bigr) t − 1 ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R / ( ( V p , i μ ⊕ V p , i + 1 μ ) ⊗ R )
has finite length over the Noetherian ring R R R . The two-sided bound therefore makes L p , i L \mathcal{L}^{L}_{p,i} L p , i L a finitely generated torsion-free R R R -module. It has rank 4, since it becomes the full four-dimensional space after inverting t t t , and is consequently free over the discrete valuation ring R R R . The same argument applies to the right lateral modules. The displayed rank count proves the assertion for L i , μ \mathcal{L}_{i,\mu} L i , μ .
For part (iii), the special transported matrix is upper triangular: the only potentially lower entry is (49) , which vanishes at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 . Substitution of the distinguished direct crossing shows that its diagonal is M μ ′ / z M'_\mu/z M μ ′ / z . Its off-diagonal coefficients lie in z − 2 O z^{-2}\mathcal{O} z − 2 O , so Proposition 5.3 makes it an admissible regular-singular family. Apply the relative normal-form theorem to the universal special connection over the affine special fibre of the wall torsor. All raw special coefficients are linear functions of the wall coordinates.
At height one the normalising gauge and the scalar projection are linear. Suppose inductively that every normalising gauge coordinate of height less than h h h is polynomial of total degree at most its height. In the height-h h h gauge equation, each correction involving lower roots contains at least two lower-height off-diagonal factors, and their root heights add to h h h . Such a correction therefore has total degree between 2 and h h h . The scalar splitting is linear, so both the height-h h h gauge coordinate and the resulting normal coordinate have total degree at most h h h ; moreover, the terms not coming from the raw height-h h h coefficient have degree at least 2. This proves (59) and the assertion about its degree-one part. The active-root formula is Theorem 10.3 .
Finally, for each lateral pair only the normal monomials and their products with z z z and z − 1 z-1 z − 1 occur. They span a finite-dimensional space of Laurent polynomials in z z z , so the extension conditions are kernels of coefficient maps between finite free R R R -modules. Flat base change preserves these kernels and the direct-sum decomposition. The universal transport is algebraic in the coefficients, and the relative normalisation commutes with pullback by Theorem 9.2 . This proves part (iv). □
Corollary 10.9. Fix the elementary wall frame H i ( t ) H_i(t) H i ( t ) and the embedded rank-two root-subgroup arc
t ⟼ G i ( t ) I , G i ( t ) = I r + t z − 1 E i , i + 1 . t\longmapsto G_i(t)I,\qquad G_i(t)=I_r+tz^{-1}E_{i,i+1}. t ⟼ G i ( t ) I , G i ( t ) = I r + t z − 1 E i , i + 1 . The corresponding distinguished fully framed connection-wall problem with residue vector μ \mu μ is non-empty if and only if
μ i + 1 − μ i ∉ Z ≥ 1 . \mu_{i+1}-\mu_i\notin\mathbb{Z}_{\ge1}. μ i + 1 − μ i ∈ / Z ≥ 1 . When this condition holds, the extension functor is a relative affine torsor of relative dimension r ( r − 1 ) r(r-1) r ( r − 1 ) . The limiting connection is governed by the polynomial specialisation map (58) , which is triangular by root height. This is a statement for the chosen elementary local-model datum; it does not assert that the original unsliced moduli functor carries a global position morphism to an affine flag variety.
Proof. The active Levi block is the rank-two curve of Proposition 10.13, while the chosen wall frame fixes the lateral comparison data. The existence criterion and the description of all extending connection arcs are given by Theorem 10.8. □
The composite-root correction at a two-wall intersection
Theorem 10.10. Put
G 12 ( t ) = I 3 + t z E 21 , G 23 ( s ) = I 3 + s z E 32 , K 13 ( u ) = I 3 + u z 2 E 31 . G_{12}(t)=I_3+\frac{t}{z}E_{21},\qquad G_{23}(s)=I_3+\frac{s}{z}E_{32},\qquad K_{13}(u)=I_3+\frac{u}{z^2}E_{31}. G 12 ( t ) = I 3 + z t E 21 , G 23 ( s ) = I 3 + z s E 32 , K 13 ( u ) = I 3 + z 2 u E 31 . Then
G 23 ( s ) G 12 ( t ) = K 13 ( s t ) G 12 ( t ) G 23 ( s ) . (60) G_{23}(s)G_{12}(t)=K_{13}(st)G_{12}(t)G_{23}(s). \tag*{(60)} G 23 ( s ) G 12 ( t ) = K 13 ( s t ) G 12 ( t ) G 23 ( s ) . (60) The factor K 13 ( s t ) K_{13}(st) K 13 ( s t ) is central in the lower unitriangular subgroup generated by E 21 E_{21} E 21 , E 32 E_{32} E 32 , E 31 E_{31} E 31 . In coordinates ( x , y , w ) (x,y,w) ( x , y , w ) on this subgroup, multiplication is
( x , y , w ) ( x ′ , y ′ , w ′ ) = ( x + x ′ , y + y ′ , w + w ′ + y x ′ ) , (x,y,w)(x',y',w')=(x+x',y+y',w+w'+yx'), ( x , y , w ) ( x ′ , y ′ , w ′ ) = ( x + x ′ , y + y ′ , w + w ′ + y x ′ ) , so c ( ( x , y ) , ( x ′ , y ′ ) ) = y x ′ c((x,y),(x',y'))=yx' c (( x , y ) , ( x ′ , y ′ )) = y x ′ is a central group 2-cocycle. Modifications with disjoint supports commute. Consequently, the first codimension-two compatibility datum is a central composite-root cocycle, rather than an equality of the two ordered simple-wall charts.
Proof. One has E 32 E 21 = E 31 E_{32}E_{21}=E_{31} E 32 E 21 = E 31 and E 21 E 32 = 0 E_{21}E_{32}=0 E 21 E 32 = 0 . Moreover, E 31 E_{31} E 31 commutes with E 21 E_{21} E 21 and E 32 E_{32} E 32 . Expanding both sides gives
G 23 ( s ) G 12 ( t ) = I 3 + t z E 21 + s z E 32 + s t z 2 E 31 , G_{23}(s)G_{12}(t)=I_3+\frac{t}{z}E_{21}+\frac{s}{z}E_{32}+\frac{st}{z^2}E_{31}, G 23 ( s ) G 12 ( t ) = I 3 + z t E 21 + z s E 32 + z 2 s t E 31 ,
whereas
G 12 ( t ) G 23 ( s ) = I 3 + t z E 21 + s z E 32 . G_{12}(t)G_{23}(s)=I_3+\frac{t}{z}E_{21}+\frac{s}{z}E_{32}. G 12 ( t ) G 23 ( s ) = I 3 + z t E 21 + z s E 32 .
This proves (60) . The displayed multiplication law follows from the same calculation, and the cocycle identity
c ( u , v ) + c ( u + v , w ) = c ( v , w ) + c ( u , v + w ) c(u,v)+c(u+v,w)=c(v,w)+c(u,v+w) c ( u , v ) + c ( u + v , w ) = c ( v , w ) + c ( u , v + w )
follows from bilinearity. Matrix units with disjoint supports multiply to zero in both orders. □
Root-subgroup structure in the loop group
The preceding rank-three identity is the first non-trivial instance of a group law valid in arbitrary rank. Put
D r = diag ( 1 , z , … , z r − 1 ) . (61) D_r=\operatorname{diag}(1,z,\ldots,z^{r-1}). \tag*{(61)} D r = diag ( 1 , z , … , z r − 1 ) . (61)
and let U r − U_r^{-} U r − denote the lower unitriangular algebraic group.
Theorem 10.11. Conjugation by D r D_r D r gives an algebraic-group isomorphism
U r − ⟶ ∼ U r w a l l : = D r − 1 U r − D r ⊂ G L r ( C ( ( z ) ) ) , U_r^{-}\overset{\sim}{\longrightarrow}U_r^{\mathrm{wall}}:=D_r^{-1}U_r^{-}D_r\subset GL_r(\mathbb{C}((z))), U r − ⟶ ∼ U r wall := D r − 1 U r − D r ⊂ G L r ( C (( z ))) , where
U r w a l l = { I r + ∑ j > i u j i z − ( j − i ) E j i ∣ u j i ∈ C } . (62) U_r^{\mathrm{wall}}=\left\{I_r+\sum_{j>i}u_{ji}z^{-(j-i)}E_{ji}\mathrel{\Big|}u_{ji}\in\mathbb{C}\right\}. \tag*{(62)} U r wall = { I r + j > i ∑ u j i z − ( j − i ) E j i u j i ∈ C } . (62) The construction is functorial after replacing C \mathbb{C} C by any commutative complex algebra. For j > i j>i j > i , set
X j i ( a ) = I r + a z − ( j − i ) E j i . X_{ji}(a)=I_r+az^{-(j-i)}E_{ji}. X j i ( a ) = I r + a z − ( j − i ) E j i . Then, for k > j > i k>j>i k > j > i ,
X k j ( b ) X j i ( a ) = X k i ( a b ) X j i ( a ) X k j ( b ) , (63) X_{kj}(b)X_{ji}(a)=X_{ki}(ab)X_{ji}(a)X_{kj}(b), \tag*{(63)} X k j ( b ) X j i ( a ) = X k i ( ab ) X j i ( a ) X k j ( b ) , (63) and two such root subgroups commute whenever both ordered products of the corresponding matrix units vanish. The simple elements
G i ( a ) = X i + 1 , i ( a ) ( 1 ≤ i < r ) G_i(a)=X_{i+1,i}(a)\qquad(1\le i<r) G i ( a ) = X i + 1 , i ( a ) ( 1 ≤ i < r ) generate U r w a l l U_r^{\mathrm{wall}} U r wall . Hence every higher-root correction in the lattice part of an ordered wall product is the usual type-A Chevalley correction, weighted by the pole order z − ( j − i ) z^{-(j-i)} z − ( j − i ) .
Proof. For j > i j>i j > i one has
D r − 1 E j i D r = z − ( j − i ) E j i , D_r^{-1}E_{ji}D_r=z^{-(j-i)}E_{ji}, D r − 1 E j i D r = z − ( j − i ) E j i ,
which proves (62) and the asserted functorial isomorphism. The relation (63) follows from
E k j E j i = E k i , E j i E k j = 0. E_{kj}E_{ji}=E_{ki},\qquad E_{ji}E_{kj}=0. E k j E j i = E k i , E j i E k j = 0.
If both ordered products of the relevant matrix units vanish, the root subgroups commute. Finally, the ordinary lower unitriangular group is generated by its simple-root subgroups; conjugation by D r D_r D r transports this statement to U r w a l l U_r^{\mathrm{wall}} U r wall .
Corollary 10.12. For the elementary matrices G i ( a ) = I r + a z − 1 E i + 1 , i G_i(a)=I_r+az^{-1}E_{i+1,i} G i ( a ) = I r + a z − 1 E i + 1 , i one has
G i ( a ) G j ( b ) = G j ( b ) G i ( a ) if ∣ i − j ∣ > 1 , G_i(a)G_j(b)=G_j(b)G_i(a)\qquad\text{if }|i-j|>1, G i ( a ) G j ( b ) = G j ( b ) G i ( a ) if ∣ i − j ∣ > 1 , whereas
G i + 1 ( b ) G i ( a ) = X i + 2 , i ( a b ) G i ( a ) G i + 1 ( b ) . (64) G_{i+1}(b)G_i(a)=X_{i+2,i}(ab)G_i(a)G_{i+1}(b). \tag*{(64)} G i + 1 ( b ) G i ( a ) = X i + 2 , i ( ab ) G i ( a ) G i + 1 ( b ) . (64) Consequently, the pairwise compatibility of the lattice-modification matrices in every rank is determined by the rank-two and rank-three Levi subgroups. This statement concerns the lattice part only: the scalar normal projections and resonance barriers of the connection still have to be analysed in the relevant residue blocks.
Proposition 10.13. Let G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 G(t)=I_2+tz^{-1}E_{21} G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 , Λ t = G ( t ) O 2 \Lambda_t=G(t)O^2 Λ t = G ( t ) O 2 , and let I ⊂ G L 2 ( O ) I\subset GL_2(O) I ⊂ G L 2 ( O ) be the upper Iwahori subgroup. Then:
the map t ↦ G ( t ) I t\mapsto G(t)I t ↦ G ( t ) I is the standard opposite root-subgroup chart of the minimal affine Schubert curve in F l 2 \mathrm{Fl}_2 Fl 2 ; it sends t = 0 t=0 t = 0 to the base point and t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 to the Bruhat cell I s ˙ 0 I / I I\dot{s}_0I/I I s ˙ 0 I / I , where
s ˙ 0 = ( 0 − z z − 1 0 ) ; \dot{s}_0=\begin{pmatrix}0&-z\\ z^{-1}&0\end{pmatrix}; s ˙ 0 = ( 0 z − 1 − z 0 ) ; for t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 , the relative elementary divisors of Λ t \Lambda_t Λ t and O 2 O^2 O 2 are z − 1 z^{-1} z − 1 and z z z , while Λ 0 = O 2 \Lambda_0=O^2 Λ 0 = O 2 ;
the matrix H t H_t H t of (28) lies in G L 2 ( O ) GL_2(O) G L 2 ( O ) for t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 and satisfies H t O 2 = O 2 H_tO^2=O^2 H t O 2 = O 2 . It is therefore an adapted holomorphic frame of the prescribed lattice, not the matrix that records the position in the affine Grassmannian.
Proof. For t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 , put b = t − 1 z b=t^{-1}z b = t − 1 z and x + ( b ) = I 2 + b E 12 x_+(b)=I_2+bE_{12} x + ( b ) = I 2 + b E 12 . The rank-one factorisation
G ( t ) = x + ( b ) ( 0 − b t z − 1 0 ) x + ( b ) = x + ( b ) diag ( t − 1 , t ) s ˙ 0 x + ( b ) G(t)=x_+(b)\begin{pmatrix}0&-b\\ tz^{-1}&0\end{pmatrix}x_+(b)=x_+(b)\operatorname{diag}(t^{-1},t)\dot{s}_0x_+(b) G ( t ) = x + ( b ) ( 0 t z − 1 − b 0 ) x + ( b ) = x + ( b ) diag ( t − 1 , t ) s ˙ 0 x + ( b )
shows that G ( t ) ∈ I s ˙ 0 I G(t)\in I\dot{s}_0I G ( t ) ∈ I s ˙ 0 I , because b ∈ z O b\in zO b ∈ z O and diag ( t − 1 , t ) ∈ I \operatorname{diag}(t^{-1},t)\in I diag ( t − 1 , t ) ∈ I . Together with G ( 0 ) = I 2 G(0)=I_2 G ( 0 ) = I 2 , this is the usual opposite root-subgroup chart of the rank-one affine Schubert curve [24 ] . For the Grassmannian position, multiply by z z z :
z G ( t ) = ( z 0 t z ) . zG(t)=\begin{pmatrix}z&0\\t&z\end{pmatrix}. z G ( t ) = ( z t 0 z ) .
When t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 , elementary row and column operations over O O O put this matrix into Smith normal form diag ( 1 , z 2 ) \operatorname{diag}(1,z^2) diag ( 1 , z 2 ) . Hence G ( t ) G(t) G ( t ) has elementary divisors z − 1 z^{-1} z − 1 and z z z . At t = 0 t=0 t = 0 it is the identity. Finally, (28) has entries in O O O and determinant 1 1 1 for t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 , proving the last assertion.
Remark 10.14. For every 1 ≤ i < r 1\le i<r 1 ≤ i < r , the block embedding of G ( t ) G(t) G ( t ) in the coordinates ( i , i + 1 ) (i,i+1) ( i , i + 1 ) has the same elementary divisors, with all remaining elementary divisors equal to 1 1 1 . It is the minimal affine Schubert curve in the affine flag variety of that rank-two Levi subgroup. Its image in the full affine flag variety is a real-root curve; no assertion about its codimension in the full Schubert stratification is needed here.
Full saturation over the dual numbers
Proposition 10.15. Let A = C [ ε ] / ( ε 2 ) A=\mathbb{C}[\varepsilon]/(\varepsilon^2) A = C [ ε ] / ( ε 2 ) , R = A { z } R=A\{z\} R = A { z } , and I = R ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) ⊂ R 2 I=R(ze_1+\varepsilon e_2)\subset R^2 I = R ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) ⊂ R 2 . Then
I s a t = I + R ε e 1 , I z s a t / I ≅ C ε . (65) I^{\mathrm{sat}}=I+R\varepsilon e_1,\qquad I^{\mathrm{sat}}_z/I\cong\mathbb{C}_\varepsilon. \tag*{(65)} I sat = I + R ε e 1 , I z sat / I ≅ C ε . (65) where the quotient is supported at z = 0 z=0 z = 0 . In particular, ε e 1 ∈ I z s a t ∖ I \varepsilon e_1\in I^{\mathrm{sat}}_z\setminus I ε e 1 ∈ I z sat ∖ I .
Proof. The inclusion I + R ε e 1 ⊂ I z s a t I+R\varepsilon e_1\subset I^{\mathrm{sat}}_z I + R ε e 1 ⊂ I z sat follows from
z ( ε e 1 ) = ε ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) ∈ I . z(\varepsilon e_1)=\varepsilon(ze_1+\varepsilon e_2)\in I. z ( ε e 1 ) = ε ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) ∈ I .
Conversely, suppose
z N ( x e 1 + y e 2 ) = c ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) . z^N(xe_1+ye_2)=c(ze_1+\varepsilon e_2). z N ( x e 1 + y e 2 ) = c ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) .
Write
x = x 0 + ε x 1 , y = y 0 + ε y 1 , c = c 0 + ε c 1 , x i , y i , c i ∈ C { z } . x = x_0 + \varepsilon x_1,\qquad y = y_0 + \varepsilon y_1,\qquad c = c_0 + \varepsilon c_1,\qquad x_i,y_i,c_i \in\mathbb{C}\{z\}. x = x 0 + ε x 1 , y = y 0 + ε y 1 , c = c 0 + ε c 1 , x i , y i , c i ∈ C { z } .
The second coordinate gives z N y 0 = 0 z^N y_0 = 0 z N y 0 = 0 and z N y 1 = c 0 z^N y_1 = c_0 z N y 1 = c 0 , hence y 0 = 0 y_0 = 0 y 0 = 0 . Reducing the first coordinate modulo ε \varepsilon ε gives z N x 0 = z c 0 = z N + 1 y 1 z^N x_0 = z c_0 = z^{N+1} y_1 z N x 0 = z c 0 = z N + 1 y 1 , and therefore x 0 = z y 1 x_0 = z y_1 x 0 = z y 1 . It follows that
x e 1 + y e 2 − y 1 ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) = ε x 1 e 1 ∈ R ε e 1 , x e_1 + y e_2 - y_1(z e_1 + \varepsilon e_2) = \varepsilon x_1 e_1 \in R\varepsilon e_1, x e 1 + y e 2 − y 1 ( z e 1 + ε e 2 ) = ε x 1 e 1 ∈ R ε e 1 ,
which proves the reverse inclusion. Finally, I ∩ R ε e 1 = R z ε e 1 I \cap R\varepsilon e_1 = Rz\varepsilon e_1 I ∩ R ε e 1 = R z ε e 1 , so the quotient in (65) is one-dimensional over C \mathbb{C} C . □
Loop-group interpretation of the wall atlas
Passing to the completion at the pole, put K = C ( ( z ) ) K = \mathbb{C}((z)) K = C (( z )) and O = C [ [ z ] ] O = \mathbb{C}[[z]] O = C [[ z ]] . The standard affine Grassmannian and affine flag variety are
Gr r = G L r ( K ) / G L r ( O ) , Fl r = G L r ( K ) / I , \operatorname{Gr}_r = GL_r(K)/GL_r(O),\qquad\operatorname{Fl}_r = GL_r(K)/I, Gr r = G L r ( K ) / G L r ( O ) , Fl r = G L r ( K ) / I ,
with I I I the upper Iwahori subgroup [24 ] . A comparison lattice gives a point of Gr r \operatorname{Gr}_r Gr r , and an Iwahori-level lattice chain gives a point of Fl r \operatorname{Fl}_r Fl r . Such a comparison lattice is an additional local-model datum: it is not supplied by the original unsliced prescribed-lattice functor.
Proposition 10.13 identifies the relevant matrix. The meromorphic horizontal frame G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 G(t) = I_2 + t z^{-1} E_{21} G ( t ) = I 2 + t z − 1 E 21 carries the non-trivial affine position and traces the opposite chart of the minimal affine Schubert curve in the rank-two Levi. The matrix H t H_t H t , by contrast, lies in G L 2 ( O ) GL_2(O) G L 2 ( O ) and merely chooses an adapted holomorphic basis of the fixed prescribed lattice. Thus the wall theorem is a lifting criterion from a rank-two Levi root-subgroup arc to the distinguished normal slice of connections; the forbidden range λ ∈ Z ≥ 1 \lambda\in\mathbb{Z}_{\ge1} λ ∈ Z ≥ 1 is the extra resonance obstruction imposed by the connection.
In arbitrary rank, Theorem 10.11 gives the lattice-theoretic structure. The wall matrices form the conjugated finite unipotent group D r − 1 U r D r D_r^{-1} U_r D_r D r − 1 U r D r , and their higher-root corrections are the ordinary type-A Chevalley corrections with the prescribed pole weights. Non-adjacent simple factors commute, while adjacent factors produce the composite-root term of (64) . The rank-three correction is central only inside its minimal 3 × 3 3 \times3 3 × 3 Levi block; in higher rank the same root subgroup may interact with further roots. Accordingly, the A 1 A_1 A 1 , A 1 × A 1 A_1 \times A_1 A 1 × A 1 and A 2 A_2 A 2 terminology refers to Levi root-subgroup blocks. It should not be read as a proof that every embedded wall is a codimension-one Schubert stratum of the full affine flag variety.
Finally, Proposition 10.15 shows that reduced loop-group position data do not represent the relative connection problem: the saturation has an additional length-one infinitesimal defect over the dual numbers. Any global local-model stack must retain both the comparison-lattice position and its nilpotent deformation theory, and must prove independence of the chosen logarithmic or comparison lattice. The present results supply the rank-two affine-position theorem and the root-subgroup compatibility law in arbitrary rank, but do not construct that global stack.
Consequences and the global gluing problem
The preceding results determine the local geometry of a fixed residue stratum, a permitted simple wall in arbitrary rank, and the first compatibility between adjacent walls. Each residue stratum has an affine normal-form slice. A simple wall is either excluded by positive integral resonance or represented by a smooth affine torsor whose specialisation to the shifted residue slice is polynomial and triangular by root height. For adjacent walls, the first non-commuting term lies in the composite-root direction and is already visible in the corresponding rank-three Levi subgroup.
These results provide the local data expected in a global wall-crossing space, but they do not construct such a space. Three issues remain. An affine flag position requires a comparison lattice, which is not part of the original prescribed-lattice functor. The wall torsors and their transition data must be descended from the fully framed slices rather than from their individual coordinates. Finally, the rank-three calculation controls the first adjacent-wall compatibility, whereas higher intersections and non-reduced bases require further descent and saturation arguments.
Question 10.16. After adjoining a comparison lattice, can the elementary wall torsors be glued over the Schubert configurations associated with A 1 A_1 A 1 and A 2 A_2 A 2 Levi subgroups in an affine flag local model, so that the transition for adjacent walls is governed by the composite-root correction and the resulting object is independent of the chosen comparison lattice?
This question lies beyond the moduli problem treated here. It requires a global descent construction and is not used in any of the preceding results. A positive answer would provide a setting in which to ask whether wall-crossing data descend further to residual atoms.
Residual atoms and residual chemical formulae
The preceding sections separate two distinct issues. The affine normal forms describe complex analytic regular-singular connections after a choice of ordered framing, whereas § 7 identifies the descent from those rigidified charts to flagged and unflagged objects. The atomic factors of quantum cohomology are intrinsically unframed and are constructed in the broader formal and non-Archimedean categories of F F F -bundles [12 , 17 ] . After defining the unframed vertical residual target for arbitrary order-two lattices, we show that the scalar branch of a one-branch F F F -bundle splits functorially from a zero-branch residual factor. This places the global theory in the same notation as the chemical formulae of [17 §5] .
The vertical residual stack
Let k k k be C \mathbb{C} C , a characteristic-zero field in the formal category, or a complete algebraically closed non-Archimedean field of characteristic zero. Let S S S be an admissible base in the corresponding category and let D u \mathbb{D}_u D u denote the germ of the u u u -disc.
Definition 11.1. The groupoid M ≤ 2 , k u n f r ( S ) \mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\leq2,k}(S) M ≤ 2 , k unfr ( S ) has as objects pairs ( E , ∇ / S ) (\mathcal{E},\nabla/S) ( E , ∇/ S ) , where E \mathcal{E} E is a vector bundle on S × D u S \times\mathbb{D}_u S × D u and
∇ / S : E ⟶ E ⊗ Ω ( S × D u ) / S 1 ( ∗ { u = 0 } ) \nabla/S : \mathcal{E} \longrightarrow\mathcal{E} \otimes\Omega^1_{(S\times\mathbb{D}_u)/S}(*\{u=0\}) ∇/ S : E ⟶ E ⊗ Ω ( S × D u ) / S 1 ( ∗ { u = 0 }) is a flat relative meromorphic connection satisfying
∇ / S ( E ) ⊂ E ⊗ u − 2 Ω ( S × D u ) / S 1 . (66) \nabla/S(\mathcal{E}) \subset\mathcal{E} \otimes u^{-2}\Omega^1_{(S\times\mathbb{D}_u)/S}. \tag*{(66)} ∇/ S ( E ) ⊂ E ⊗ u − 2 Ω ( S × D u ) / S 1 . (66) Morphisms are bundle isomorphisms intertwining the relative connections. Neither a framing nor an invariant flag is included. The regular-singular subfunctor is denoted by M r s , k u n f r \mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\mathrm{rs},k} M rs , k unfr .
Proposition 11.2. In each of the three categories, the assignments S ↦ M ≤ 2 , k u n f r ( S ) S \mapsto\mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\leq2,k}(S) S ↦ M ≤ 2 , k unfr ( S ) and S ↦ M r s , k u n f r ( S ) S \mapsto\mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\mathrm{rs},k}(S) S ↦ M rs , k unfr ( S ) are stacks for the corresponding analytic, formal or admissible topology. They commute with arbitrary base change.
Proof. Vector bundles satisfy effective descent in each of the three categories. Suppose that ( E i , ∇ i ) (\mathcal{E}_i,\nabla_i) ( E i , ∇ i ) are objects on a covering { S i → S } \{S_i \to S\} { S i → S } and that the descent isomorphisms intertwine the connections. The local morphisms ∇ i \nabla_i ∇ i then glue, by descent for morphisms of coherent sheaves, to a relative meromorphic connection on the descended bundle E \mathcal{E} E . Flatness is the vanishing of the curvature morphism and is local on S S S . The pole inclusion (66) is also local and therefore descends.
For the regular-singular subfunctor, regular singularity is imposed locally through the existence of a logarithmic lattice and is preserved by pullback. Such a lattice is auxiliary and is not part of the object, so the descent problem concerns only the meromorphic connection itself. In the formal category one uses completed tensor products; in the non-Archimedean category one uses effective descent for vector bundles and coherent morphisms in the admissible topology, as in the foundational setup of [12 §2] . Base-change compatibility follows from the same local description. □
The stack M ≤ 2 , k u n f r \mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\leq2,k} M ≤ 2 , k unfr records the vertical meromorphic connection together with its prescribed lattice; it does not, by itself, retain the horizontal part of an F F F -bundle over the base. Accordingly, a residual atom below contains the full zero-branch F F F -bundle as well as the induced classifying morphism to this vertical stack.
Scalar branches and exponential shifts
For an F F F -bundle ( H , ∇ ) / S (\mathcal{H},\nabla)/S ( H , ∇ ) / S , put
κ ∇ : = ∇ u 2 ∂ u ∣ H / u H . \kappa_\nabla:= \left.\nabla_{u^2\partial_u}\right|_{\mathcal{H}/u\mathcal{H}}. κ ∇ := ∇ u 2 ∂ u ∣ H / u H .
This is the residual endomorphism used in the spectral decomposition theory [12 §3] and in the definition of atoms [17 §§3–5] .
Definition 11.3. Let ( H , ∇ ) / S (\mathcal{H},\nabla)/S ( H , ∇ ) / S have locally constant rank n n n (interpreted componentwise on S S S ). For a ∈ Γ ( S , O S ) a \in\Gamma(S,\mathcal{O}_S) a ∈ Γ ( S , O S ) , let Fbund a ( S ) \operatorname{Fbund}_a(S) Fbund a ( S ) be the full subcategory of F F F -bundles for which the characteristic polynomial of the residual endomorphism satisfies
det ( T I − κ ∇ ) = ( T + a ) n in Γ ( S , O S ) [ T ] . \det(TI-\kappa_\nabla)=(T+a)^n \qquad\text{in }\Gamma(S,\mathcal{O}_S)[T]. det ( T I − κ ∇ ) = ( T + a ) n in Γ ( S , O S ) [ T ] . Let Fbund 1 b r ( S ) \operatorname{Fbund}_{1\mathrm{br}}(S) Fbund 1 br ( S ) be the full subcategory consisting of the objects which belong to Fbund a ( S ) \operatorname{Fbund}_a(S) Fbund a ( S ) for some a a a , and let Fbund 0 ( S ) \operatorname{Fbund}_0(S) Fbund 0 ( S ) denote the zero-branch category. Over a reduced base, this condition is equivalent to requiring the single fibrewise eigenvalue − a -a − a ; the characteristic-polynomial formulation remains unambiguous over non-reduced bases.
The variable exponential line of branch a a a is the rank-one F F F -bundle
E a : = ( O S × D u , d + d ( a / u ) ) . E_a := \left(\mathcal{O}_{S\times\mathbb{D}_u},\,d+d(a/u)\right). E a := ( O S × D u , d + d ( a / u ) ) . Its residual endomorphism is multiplication by − a -a − a .
Lemma 11.4. For an object of F b u n d 1 b r ( S ) \mathrm{Fbund}_{1\mathrm{br}}(S) Fbund 1 br ( S ) of locally constant rank n n n , the branch is unique and is recovered intrinsically, componentwise, by
a = − 1 n tr ( κ ∇ ) . a=-\frac{1}{n}\operatorname{tr}(\kappa_{\nabla}). a = − n 1 tr ( κ ∇ ) . Moreover, N ∇ : = κ ∇ + a I N_{\nabla}:=\kappa_{\nabla}+aI N ∇ := κ ∇ + a I satisfies N ∇ n = 0 N_{\nabla}^{n}=0 N ∇ n = 0 . Branch extraction commutes with arbitrary base change.
Proof. If det ( T I − κ ∇ ) = ( T + a ) n \det(TI-\kappa_{\nabla})=(T+a)^{n} det ( T I − κ ∇ ) = ( T + a ) n , comparison of the coefficient of T n − 1 T^{n-1} T n − 1 gives − tr ( κ ∇ ) = n a -\operatorname{tr}(\kappa_{\nabla})=na − tr ( κ ∇ ) = na . Since the bases are defined over a characteristic-zero field, the integer n n n is invertible in O S \mathcal{O}_{S} O S on each rank component; hence this identity determines a a a uniquely. The characteristic polynomial of N ∇ = κ ∇ + a I N_{\nabla}=\kappa_{\nabla}+aI N ∇ = κ ∇ + a I is T n T^{n} T n , so Cayley–Hamilton gives N ∇ n = 0 N_{\nabla}^{n}=0 N ∇ n = 0 . Trace, characteristic polynomial and scalar translation commute with pullback, proving base-change compatibility. □
For constant a a a , this is the exponential-shift symmetry considered in [17 §3.3] ; allowing a a a to vary over the base is essential for atomic spectral components.
Theorem 11.5. For every admissible base S S S , scalar residualisation defines an equivalence
F b u n d 1 b r ( S ) ⟶ ∼ Γ ( S , O S ) d i s c × F b u n d 0 ( S ) , ( H , ∇ ) ⟼ ( a , H , ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) , (67) \mathrm{Fbund}_{1\mathrm{br}}(S)\overset{\sim}{\longrightarrow}\Gamma(S,\mathcal{O}_{S})_{\mathrm{disc}}\times\mathrm{Fbund}_{0}(S),\qquad(\mathcal{H},\nabla)\longmapsto(a,\mathcal{H},\nabla-d(a/u)I), \tag*{(67)} Fbund 1 br ( S ) ⟶ ∼ Γ ( S , O S ) disc × Fbund 0 ( S ) , ( H , ∇ ) ⟼ ( a , H , ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) , (67) where, on each connected rank component, a = − ( 1 / rk H ) tr ( κ ∇ ) a=-(1/\operatorname{rk}\mathcal{H})\operatorname{tr}(\kappa_{\nabla}) a = − ( 1/ rk H ) tr ( κ ∇ ) , and we write Res a ( H , ∇ ) = ( H , ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) \operatorname{Res}_{a}(\mathcal{H},\nabla)=(\mathcal{H},\nabla-d(a/u)I) Res a ( H , ∇ ) = ( H , ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) . These equivalences commute with arbitrary base change and therefore assemble to an equivalence of stacks. They are symmetric monoidal with respect to addition of branches and compatible with duality:
Res a + b ( H 1 ⊗ H 2 ) ≅ Res a ( H 1 ) ⊗ Res b ( H 2 ) , (68) \operatorname{Res}_{a+b}(\mathcal{H}_{1}\otimes\mathcal{H}_{2})\cong\operatorname{Res}_{a}(\mathcal{H}_{1})\otimes\operatorname{Res}_{b}(\mathcal{H}_{2}), \tag*{(68)} Res a + b ( H 1 ⊗ H 2 ) ≅ Res a ( H 1 ) ⊗ Res b ( H 2 ) , (68) Res − a ( H ∨ ) ≅ Res a ( H ) ∨ . (69) \operatorname{Res}_{-a}(\mathcal{H}^{\vee})\cong\operatorname{Res}_{a}(\mathcal{H})^{\vee}. \tag*{(69)} Res − a ( H ∨ ) ≅ Res a ( H ) ∨ . (69) The same statement holds for external products over different bases.
Proof. The branch function is intrinsic and base-change compatible by Lemma 11.4. Since d ( a / u ) d(a/u) d ( a / u ) is a closed scalar one-form, subtracting it from the connection does not alter the curvature. The total differential is
d ( a / u ) = d S a u − a u 2 d u . (70) d(a/u)=\frac{d_{S}a}{u}-\frac{a}{u^{2}}\,du. \tag*{(70)} d ( a / u ) = u d S a − u 2 a d u . (70)
For a vector field ξ \xi ξ on S S S one obtains
( ∇ r e s ) u ξ = ∇ u ξ − ξ ( a ) I , (71) (\nabla^{\mathrm{res}})_{u\xi}=\nabla_{u\xi}-\xi(a)I, \tag*{(71)} ( ∇ res ) u ξ = ∇ u ξ − ξ ( a ) I , (71)
( ∇ r e s ) u 2 ∂ u = ∇ u 2 ∂ u + a I . (72) (\nabla^{\mathrm{res}})_{u^{2}\partial_{u}}=\nabla_{u^{2}\partial_{u}}+aI. \tag*{(72)} ( ∇ res ) u 2 ∂ u = ∇ u 2 ∂ u + a I . (72)
Both correction terms are regular endomorphisms of the intrinsic lattice. Hence the F F F -bundle pole conditions are preserved. The residual endomorphism becomes
κ ∇ r e s = κ ∇ + a I , \kappa_{\nabla^{\mathrm{res}}}=\kappa_{\nabla}+aI, κ ∇ res = κ ∇ + a I ,
whose characteristic polynomial is T n T^{n} T n ; thus the result lies in F b u n d 0 ( S ) \mathrm{Fbund}_{0}(S) Fbund 0 ( S ) . Subtracting a central one-form does not alter the intertwining equation for morphisms. Conversely, from a pair ( a , H , ∇ 0 ) (a,\mathcal{H},\nabla^{0}) ( a , H , ∇ 0 ) with zero branch, adding d ( a / u ) I d(a/u)I d ( a / u ) I produces characteristic polynomial ( T + a ) n (T+a)^{n} ( T + a ) n . The two operations are mutually inverse and commute with pullback, hence define an equivalence of stacks.
For tensor products, the residual endomorphism is
κ ∇ 1 ⊗ ∇ 2 = κ ∇ 1 ⊗ I + I ⊗ κ ∇ 2 . \kappa_{\nabla_{1}\otimes\nabla_{2}}=\kappa_{\nabla_{1}}\otimes I+I\otimes\kappa_{\nabla_{2}}. κ ∇ 1 ⊗ ∇ 2 = κ ∇ 1 ⊗ I + I ⊗ κ ∇ 2 .
Writing κ ∇ i = − a i I + N i \kappa_{\nabla_{i}}=-a_{i}I+N_{i} κ ∇ i = − a i I + N i with N i N_{i} N i nilpotent, the commuting sum N 1 ⊗ I + I ⊗ N 2 N_{1}\otimes I+I\otimes N_{2} N 1 ⊗ I + I ⊗ N 2 is nilpotent, so the branch is a 1 + a 2 a_{1}+a_{2} a 1 + a 2 . Since
d ( ( a 1 + a 2 ) / u ) = d ( a 1 / u ) + d ( a 2 / u ) , d((a_{1}+a_{2})/u)=d(a_{1}/u)+d(a_{2}/u), d (( a 1 + a 2 ) / u ) = d ( a 1 / u ) + d ( a 2 / u ) ,
this gives (68) . The dual residual endomorphism is − κ ∇ t -\kappa_{\nabla}^{\mathsf{t}} − κ ∇ t , hence its branch is − a -a − a , and the dual connection changes a scalar one-form by its negative; this proves (69) . Symmetry and associativity are inherited from the tensor category of F F F -bundles [17 §3.2] . □
The operation (11.2) changes the connection on the same intrinsic lattice. It is not a holomorphic gauge transformation at u = 0 u=0 u = 0 . In the complex analytic category, its restriction to the punctured disc is represented by the scalar exponential e − a / u e^{-a/u} e − a / u , which is single-valued and therefore has trivial topological monodromy.
Pairings, duality and enhanced atoms
Let ν : S × D u → S × D u \nu: S \times\mathrm{Du} \to S \times\mathrm{Du} ν : S × Du → S × Du be given by ν ( s , u ) = ( s , − u ) \nu(s,u)=(s,-u) ν ( s , u ) = ( s , − u ) . Non-degenerate pairings on F F F -bundles and the associated duality automorphisms are discussed in [17 §6.4] .
Proposition 11.6. Let ( H , ∇ ) / S (\mathcal{H},\nabla)/S ( H , ∇ ) / S be a one-branch F F F -bundle of branch a a a and let
ψ : H ⊗ ν ∗ H ⟶ O S × D u \psi:\mathcal{H}\otimes\nu^*\mathcal{H}\longrightarrow\mathcal{O}_{S\times\mathrm{Du}} ψ : H ⊗ ν ∗ H ⟶ O S × Du be a horizontal non-degenerate pairing. Then the same morphism is horizontal for the residualised connection. In the complex analytic category, scalar residualisation leaves the punctured monodromy, and hence every duality automorphism defined from that monodromy, unchanged. Consequently the construction extends to atoms enhanced by such pairings and duality automorphisms.
Proof. The scalar correction on the first factor is − d ( a / u ) -\mathrm{d}(a/u) − d ( a / u ) . Since
ν ∗ d ( a / u ) = d ( a / ( − u ) ) = − d ( a / u ) , \nu^*\mathrm{d}(a/u)=\mathrm{d}(a/(-u))=-\mathrm{d}(a/u), ν ∗ d ( a / u ) = d ( a / ( − u )) = − d ( a / u ) ,
the correction on ν ∗ H \nu^*\mathcal{H} ν ∗ H is the opposite scalar form. The two terms cancel in the tensor-product connection, so the horizontality equation for ψ \psi ψ is unchanged. On each punctured fibre, the two connections are related by the single-valued scalar exponential e − a / u e^{-a/u} e − a / u ; the corresponding gauge is single-valued and scalar, so the monodromy is unchanged. Hence every duality automorphism defined through the complex Riemann–Hilbert description of [17 §6.4] is preserved. □
The proposition does not address integral or Γ \Gamma Γ -corrected structures. Their non-Archimedean formulation requires a substantially finer Riemann–Hilbert theory, and is deliberately left outside the present paper; compare the discussion in [17 §6.4] .
Residual atoms
Fix a motivic symmetry pair ( G , ϵ G ) (G,\epsilon_G) ( G , ϵ G ) and a characteristic-zero base field K K K . Let k k k be the coefficient field used for the corresponding non-Archimedean A A A -model F F F -bundle. The notation Atoms G K , F \operatorname{Atoms}^{K,F}_{G} Atoms G K , F and CF G F ( X ) \operatorname{CF}^{F}_{G}(X) CF G F ( X ) is that of [17 §5.3] . For a connected component U U U of the unramified reduced spectral cover, write ( A U , ∇ U , a U ) / U (\mathcal{A}_{U},\nabla_{U},a_{U})/U ( A U , ∇ U , a U ) / U for the associated one-branch geometric G G G -atomic F F F -bundle. Scalar branch splitting gives a zero-branch factor
( A U , ∇ U r e s ) = Res a U ( A U , ∇ U ) (\mathcal{A}_{U},\nabla^{\mathrm{res}}_{U})=\operatorname{Res}_{a_{U}}(\mathcal{A}_{U},\nabla_{U}) ( A U , ∇ U res ) = Res a U ( A U , ∇ U )
and a classifying morphism
Φ U : U ⟶ M ≤ 2 , k u n f r . \Phi_{U}:U\longrightarrow\mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\leq2,k}. Φ U : U ⟶ M ≤ 2 , k unfr .
Definition 11.7. A local residual G G G -atom is the branch-labelled datum
r U = ( U , a U , ( A U , ∇ U r e s ) , Φ U , ϵ U , ρ U , T U ) , r_{U}=\left(U,a_{U},(\mathcal{A}_{U},\nabla^{\mathrm{res}}_{U}),\Phi_{U},\epsilon_{U},\rho_{U},\mathcal{T}_{U}\right), r U = ( U , a U , ( A U , ∇ U res ) , Φ U , ϵ U , ρ U , T U ) , where ( A U , ∇ U r e s ) / U (\mathcal{A}_{U},\nabla^{\mathrm{res}}_{U})/U ( A U , ∇ U res ) / U is the full zero-branch residual F F F -bundle, Φ U \Phi_{U} Φ U is the classifying morphism of its vertical prescribed-lattice connection, ϵ U \epsilon_{U} ϵ U is the parity, ρ U \rho_{U} ρ U is the G G G -action, and T U \mathcal{T}_{U} T U denotes the remaining horizontal structures retained by the chosen atomic theory. Isomorphisms preserve all these data.
A residual atomic correspondence is obtained by applying scalar branch splitting to an atomic correspondence. The set RAtoms G K \operatorname{RAtoms}^{K}_{G} RAtoms G K of residual G G G -atoms is the set of equivalence classes of local residual atoms under the equivalence relation generated by residual correspondences and automorphisms of the underlying varieties. The base U U U , the branch a U a_{U} a U , the residual F F F -bundle, and the classifying morphism Φ U \Phi_{U} Φ U are all part of the data; in particular, a non-constant family is never replaced by a single fibre.
Proposition 11.8. Scalar branch splitting induces a bijection
res : Atoms G K , F → ∼ RAtoms G K . \operatorname{res}:\operatorname{Atoms}^{K,F}_{G}\xrightarrow{\sim}\operatorname{RAtoms}^{K}_{G}. res : Atoms G K , F ∼ RAtoms G K . Every atomic correspondence induces the corresponding equivalence of residual atoms and preserves the intrinsic lattice, parity, G G G -action, spectral multiplicity and the enhanced structures covered by Proposition 11.6 .
Proof. On a one-branch factor the branch function is intrinsic and is recovered by the trace formula of Lemma 11.4 . By Theorem 11.5 , the pair ( a U , ∇ U r e s ) (a_{U},\nabla^{\mathrm{res}}_{U}) ( a U , ∇ U res ) reconstructs ∇ U \nabla_{U} ∇ U uniquely by adding d ( a U / u ) I \mathrm{d}(a_{U}/u)I d ( a U / u ) I . Hence scalar branch splitting is fully faithful and essentially surjective on branch-labelled objects, and the full residual connection retained in Definition 11.7 makes the reconstruction unique.
An atomic correspondence is represented, after the prescribed base and quantum-variable changes, by an isomorphism
Ψ : f ∗ ( A ′ , ∇ ′ ) → ∼ ( A , ∇ ) . \Psi:f^*(\mathcal{A}',\nabla')\xrightarrow{\sim}(\mathcal{A},\nabla). Ψ : f ∗ ( A ′ , ∇ ′ ) ∼ ( A , ∇ ) .
Conjugacy identifies the residual endomorphisms and therefore gives a = f ∗ a ′ a=f^{*}a' a = f ∗ a ′ . Consequently Ψ ∘ f ∗ ( ∇ ′ − d ( a ′ / u ) I ) = ( ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) ∘ Ψ \Psi\circ f^{*}(\nabla'-d(a'/u)I)=(\nabla-d(a/u)I)\circ\Psi Ψ ∘ f ∗ ( ∇ ′ − d ( a ′ / u ) I ) = ( ∇ − d ( a / u ) I ) ∘ Ψ .
This is the residual correspondence. The remaining structures are preserved because the correction is central, and the assertions about pairings and duality follow from Proposition 11.6 . The inverse reconstruction shows that no further identifications have been introduced.
Residual chemical formulae
Let X X X be a smooth projective K K K -variety. Let U ~ X → U X \widetilde{U}_X\to U_X U X → U X be the unramified reduced spectral cover of its maximal A A A -model F F F -bundle, and let m α m_\alpha m α be the degree of the component U ~ X , α → U X \widetilde{U}_{X,\alpha}\to U_X U X , α → U X .
Definition 11.9. The residual chemical formula of X X X is the finitely supported function
CF G r e s ( X ) : = ∑ α ∈ π 0 ( U ~ X ) m α δ r α ∈ N ( RAtoms G K ) (73) \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X):=\sum_{\alpha\in\pi_0(\widetilde{U}_X)}m_\alpha\delta_{r_\alpha}\in\mathbb{N}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}^K_G)} \tag*{(73)} CF G res ( X ) := α ∈ π 0 ( U X ) ∑ m α δ r α ∈ N ( RAtoms G K ) (73) where δ r \delta_r δ r denotes the basis function supported at r r r . Components which determine the same residual atom contribute additively to the same coefficient. The image of this function in the group completion is denoted by the same symbol and belongs to Z ( RAtoms G K ) \mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}^K_G)} Z ( RAtoms G K ) .
Theorem 11.10. The residual chemical formula is independent of all local trivialisations, auxiliary framings, rigid points and decomposition isomorphisms used in its construction. It is compatible with atomic correspondences and satisfies
CF G r e s ( X 1 ⊔ X 2 ) = CF G r e s ( X 1 ) + CF G r e s ( X 2 ) , (74) \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X_1\sqcup X_2)=\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X_1)+\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X_2), \tag*{(74)} CF G res ( X 1 ⊔ X 2 ) = CF G res ( X 1 ) + CF G res ( X 2 ) , (74) CF G r e s ( Bl Z X ) = CF G r e s ( X ) + ( c − 1 ) CF G r e s ( Z ) , (75) \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(\operatorname{Bl}_Z X)=\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X)+(c-1)\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(Z), \tag*{(75)} CF G res ( Bl Z X ) = CF G res ( X ) + ( c − 1 ) CF G res ( Z ) , (75) CF G r e s ( P X ( V ) ) = m CF G r e s ( X ) , (76) \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(\mathbb{P}_X(V))=m\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X), \tag*{(76)} CF G res ( P X ( V )) = m CF G res ( X ) , (76) where Z ⊂ X Z\subset X Z ⊂ X is smooth of codimension c ≥ 2 c\ge2 c ≥ 2 and V V V is a vector bundle of rank m m m .
Proof. The spectral factors are determined over connected spectral components by the formal and non-Archimedean decomposition theorems [12 Theorems 3.31 and 3.41] ; the extension and reconstruction of framings are unique in the sense of [12 §4] . The equivalence relation defining geometric atomic F F F -bundles removes the choice of a rigid point inside a connected component [17 Definition 5.21 and Proposition 5.22] . Since scalar branch splitting commutes with restriction and base change, the residual families glue and are independent of all such choices.
The disjoint-union identity follows directly from the decomposition into connected components. The blow-up and projective-bundle identities for atomic F F F -bundle chemical formulae are proved from the F F F -bundle decompositions in [17 Theorems 4.5 and 4.11, Proposition 5.22] , using the existence theorems of Iritani [15 ] and Iritani–Koto [16 ] and the uniqueness results of [12 §5] . Applying the bijection of Proposition 11.8 term by term gives (11.9)–(11.11).
The set Atoms G K , F \operatorname{Atoms}^{K,F}_G Atoms G K , F carries the multiplication obtained by decomposing products of smooth projective varieties into geometric atomic F F F -bundles; it makes N ( Atoms G K , F ) \mathbb{N}^{(\operatorname{Atoms}^{K,F}_G)} N ( Atoms G K , F ) a semiring and Z ( Atoms G K , F ) \mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{Atoms}^{K,F}_G)} Z ( Atoms G K , F ) a ring [17 §5.3] . Transport this multiplication through the bijection of Proposition 11.8 .
Corollary 11.11. The monoid N ( RAtoms G K ) \mathbb{N}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}^K_G)} N ( RAtoms G K ) and the group Z ( RAtoms G K ) \mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}^K_G)} Z ( RAtoms G K ) acquire, respectively, a commutative semiring structure and a commutative ring structure. The assignment
[ X ] ⟼ CF G r e s ( X ) [X]\longmapsto\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X) [ X ] ⟼ CF G res ( X ) extends to a ring homomorphism
cf G r e s : K 0 ( Var K ) ⟶ Z ( RAtoms G K ) . \operatorname{cf}^{\mathrm{res}}_G:K_0(\operatorname{Var}_K)\longrightarrow\mathbb{Z}^{(\operatorname{RAtoms}^K_G)}. cf G res : K 0 ( Var K ) ⟶ Z ( RAtoms G K ) .
Proof. The branch-residual splitting is a bijection on atomic equivalence classes, so the multiplication on atomic F F F -bundle formulae transports uniquely to residual atoms. To verify Bittner’s blow-up relation, let E = P Z ( N Z / X ) E=\mathbb{P}_Z(N_{Z/X}) E = P Z ( N Z / X ) be the exceptional divisor and put c = codim X Z c=\operatorname{codim}_X Z c = codim X Z . By (75) and (76) ,
CF G r e s ( Bl Z X ) − CF G r e s ( E ) = CF G r e s ( X ) + ( c − 1 ) CF G r e s ( Z ) − c CF G r e s ( Z ) = CF G r e s ( X ) − CF G r e s ( Z ) . \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(\operatorname{Bl}_Z X)-\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(E)
=\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X)+(c-1)\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(Z)-c\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(Z)
=\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X)-\operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(Z). CF G res ( Bl Z X ) − CF G res ( E ) = CF G res ( X ) + ( c − 1 ) CF G res ( Z ) − c CF G res ( Z ) = CF G res ( X ) − CF G res ( Z ) .
Together with additivity for disjoint unions, this is the relation in Bittner’s presentation of K 0 ( Var K ) K_0(\operatorname{Var}_K) K 0 ( Var K ) in characteristic zero [4 ] . The transported product gives multiplicativity.
Corollary 11.12. Let X X X be a smooth projective variety of dimension d d d . If a residual atom occurring in CF G r e s ( X ) \operatorname{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X) CF G res ( X ) does not occur in the residual chemical formula of any smooth projective variety of dimension at most d − 2 d-2 d − 2 , then X X X is not rational.
Proof. The birational input is the non-rationality criterion of Katzarkov–Kontsevich–Pantev–Yu [17 §6] : if a geometric atomic F F F -bundle occurring in the chemical formula of a smooth projective d d d -fold does not occur for any smooth projective variety of dimension at most d − 2 d-2 d − 2 , then the d d d -fold is not rational. By Proposition 11.8 , branch-residual splitting induces a bijection
Atoms G K , F ⟶ ∼ RAtoms G K \operatorname{Atoms}_{G}^{K,F} \overset{\sim}{\longrightarrow} \operatorname{RAtoms}_{G}^{K} Atoms G K , F ⟶ ∼ RAtoms G K
which preserves atomic correspondences and hence the dimension filtration. Therefore a residual atom occurs in dimension at most d − 2 d-2 d − 2 if and only if its unique geometric atomic preimage does. Applying the criterion of [17 §6] to that preimage proves the assertion.
Thus the corollary transports the KKPYY obstruction through the branch-residual correspondence rather than strengthening the birational criterion. The contribution here is the residual presentation of the same obstruction, together with the lattice strata carried functorially by its residual representatives.
Determinantal strata of residual families
Definition 11.13. For ( E , ∇ / S ) ∈ M ≤ 2 , k u n f r ( S ) (\mathcal{E},\nabla/S) \in\mathcal{M}_{\leq2,k}^{\mathrm{unfr}}(S) ( E , ∇/ S ) ∈ M ≤ 2 , k unfr ( S ) , define the residual endomorphism
κ E r e s : = u 2 ∇ ∂ u ∣ u = 0 ∈ End O S ( E / u E ) . (77) \kappa_{\mathcal{E}}^{\mathrm{res}} := \left.u^{2}\nabla_{\partial_u}\right|_{u=0} \in\operatorname{End}_{\mathcal{O}_S}(\mathcal{E}/u\mathcal{E}). \tag*{(77)} κ E res := u 2 ∇ ∂ u u = 0 ∈ End O S ( E / u E ) . (77) For the vertical connection underlying an object of Fbund 0 ( S ) \operatorname{Fbund}_0(S) Fbund 0 ( S ) , this endomorphism has characteristic polynomial T n T^n T n and satisfies ( κ E r e s ) n = 0 (\kappa_{\mathcal{E}}^{\mathrm{res}})^n=0 ( κ E res ) n = 0 by Lemma 11.4 . More generally, the rank-profile construction below applies whenever the endomorphism is fibrewise nilpotent. If n = rk E n=\operatorname{rk}\mathcal{E} n = rk E , its lattice Jordan profile at s ∈ S s\in S s ∈ S is the rank tuple
JType l a t ( s ) : = ( rk κ s r e s , rk ( κ s r e s ) 2 , … , rk ( κ s r e s ) n − 1 ) . \operatorname{JType}_{\mathrm{lat}}(s):=\left(\operatorname{rk}\kappa_s^{\mathrm{res}},\operatorname{rk}(\kappa_s^{\mathrm{res}})^2,\ldots,\operatorname{rk}(\kappa_s^{\mathrm{res}})^{n-1}\right). JType lat ( s ) := ( rk κ s res , rk ( κ s res ) 2 , … , rk ( κ s res ) n − 1 ) . This tuple determines, and is determined by, the Jordan partition of the nilpotent endomorphism κ s r e s \kappa_s^{\mathrm{res}} κ s res .
Theorem 11.14. The rank loci of the powers of κ E r e s \kappa_{\mathcal{E}}^{\mathrm{res}} κ E res determine a finite stratification of S S S by locally closed rank-profile strata, in the chosen analytic, formal or non-Archimedean category. The function JType l a t \operatorname{JType}_{\mathrm{lat}} JType lat is constant on each stratum. Every closed determinantal locus, and hence the resulting locally closed decomposition, commutes with base change. Under a residual atomic correspondence represented by an isomorphism after base change, the decomposition is carried to the pullback decomposition. Thus each representative spectral component contributing to CF G r e s ( X ) \operatorname{CF}_{G}^{\mathrm{res}}(X) CF G res ( X ) carries a functorial residual lattice stratification.
Proof. A lattice isomorphism conjugates κ E r e s \kappa_{\mathcal{E}}^{\mathrm{res}} κ E res , so the ranks of all its powers are invariant. Locally choose a frame of E / u E \mathcal{E}/u\mathcal{E} E / u E . For fixed m m m and q q q , let
D m , q : = { rk ( ( κ r e s ) m ) ≤ q } . D_{m,q}:=\{\operatorname{rk}((\kappa^{\mathrm{res}})^m)\leq q\}. D m , q := { rk (( κ res ) m ) ≤ q } .
Scheme-theoretically, D m , q D_{m,q} D m , q is the closed subspace defined by the ( q + 1 ) (q+1) ( q + 1 ) -minors of a matrix for ( κ r e s ) m (\kappa^{\mathrm{res}})^m ( κ res ) m . For every admissible rank tuple q = ( q 1 , … , q n − 1 ) \mathbf{q}=(q_1,\ldots,q_{n-1}) q = ( q 1 , … , q n − 1 ) , the locus on which rk ( ( κ r e s ) m ) = q m \operatorname{rk}((\kappa^{\mathrm{res}})^m)=q_m rk (( κ res ) m ) = q m for all m m m is
⋂ m = 1 n − 1 ( D m , q m ∖ D m , q m − 1 ) , D m , − 1 = ∅ . \bigcap_{m=1}^{n-1}(D_{m,q_m}\setminus D_{m,q_m-1}),\qquad D_{m,-1}=\varnothing. m = 1 ⋂ n − 1 ( D m , q m ∖ D m , q m − 1 ) , D m , − 1 = ∅ .
These locally closed loci are pairwise disjoint and cover S S S . Only finitely many occur because a nilpotent endomorphism of an n n n -dimensional fibre has nilpotency index at most n n n . Determinantal ideals commute with pullback, and compatibility with residual atomic correspondences follows from the conjugacy statement in Proposition 11.8 .
Proposition 11.15. Let ( E , ∇ / S ) (\mathcal{E},\nabla/S) ( E , ∇/ S ) be the vertical residual connection underlying a rank-n n n object of Fbund 0 ( S ) \operatorname{Fbund}_0(S) Fbund 0 ( S ) , and let N n ⊆ g l n \mathcal{N}_n\subseteq\mathfrak{gl}_n N n ⊆ gl n be the nilpotent cone over the coefficient field. The residual endomorphism defines a morphism
J E : S ⟶ [ N n / GL n ] \mathcal{J}_{\mathcal{E}}:S\longrightarrow[\mathcal{N}_n/\operatorname{GL}_n] J E : S ⟶ [ N n / GL n ] in the corresponding analytic, formal or non-Archimedean category. It is functorial under base change and invariant under isomorphism of residual families. The rank-profile stratification of Theorem 11.14 is the pullback of the Jordan-type stratification of [ N n / GL n ] [\mathcal{N}_n/\operatorname{GL}_n] [ N n / GL n ] . Under specialisation, the Jordan partition can only move downwards in the dominance order.
Proof. Let V = E / u E V=\mathcal{E}/u\mathcal{E} V = E / u E and let Fr ( V ) → S \operatorname{Fr}(V)\to S Fr ( V ) → S be its frame bundle. By Lemma 11.4 , the characteristic polynomial of κ E r e s \kappa_{\mathcal{E}}^{\mathrm{res}} κ E res is T n T^n T n , so Navier–Cayley–Hamilton makes it a nilpotent endomorphism of V V V . In a frame of $V it is represented by a point of N n \mathcal{N}_n N n , and change of frame acts by conjugation. Thus κ E r e s \kappa_{\mathcal{E}}^{\mathrm{res}} κ E res is equivalently a GL n \operatorname{GL}_n GL n -equivariant morphism
Fr ( V ) ⟶ N n , \operatorname{Fr}(V)\longrightarrow\mathcal{N}_n, Fr ( V ) ⟶ N n ,
which descends to the stated morphism to the quotient stack. Pullback of V V V , its frame bundle and its endomorphism proves base-change compatibility, while an isomorphism of residual families conjugates the endomorphisms. Finally, the Jordan type of a nilpotent endomorphism is determined by the ranks of its powers, so the determinantal strata are the inverse images of the Jordan-type strata. Since ranks of matrices are upper semicontinuous, the ranks of all powers can only drop under specialisation; this is equivalent to downward movement in the dominance order on nilpotent Jordan partitions.
A low-dimensional representative criterion
The preceding non-rationality criterion becomes effective once one can exclude all atoms arising in dimension at most two. The residual endomorphism supplies a simple necessary condition for such a low-dimensional origin.
Let
E = ( H , ∇ r e s ) / U \mathcal{E} = (\mathcal{H},\nabla^{\mathrm{res}})/U E = ( H , ∇ res ) / U
be a zero-branch residual family. For m ≥ 1 m \ge1 m ≥ 1 , define the scheme-theoretic zero locus
Σ m ( E ) : = Z ( ( κ r e s ) m ) ⊂ U . (78) \Sigma_m(\mathcal{E}) := Z\left((\kappa^{\mathrm{res}})^m\right) \subset U. \tag*{(78)} Σ m ( E ) := Z ( ( κ res ) m ) ⊂ U . (78)
Its underlying set is { s ∈ U : ( κ s r e s ) m = 0 } \{s \in U : (\kappa_s^{\mathrm{res}})^m = 0\} { s ∈ U : ( κ s res ) m = 0 } . The closed subspace Σ m ( E ) \Sigma_m(\mathcal{E}) Σ m ( E ) is preserved by isomorphisms of residual families and commutes with base change. Since the transported atomic equivalence relation need not preserve a chosen representative, the criterion below is deliberately stated as an existence assertion for one representative.
Theorem 11.16. If a residual atom r \mathbf{r} r occurs in the residual chemical formula of a smooth complex projective variety of dimension at most two, then r \mathbf{r} r admits a representative E = ( H , ∇ r e s ) / U \mathcal{E} = (\mathcal{H},\nabla^{\mathrm{res}})/U E = ( H , ∇ res ) / U for which Σ 3 ( E ) \Sigma_3(\mathcal{E}) Σ 3 ( E ) is non-empty.
Proof. For a point, the maximal A A A -model is the rank-one trivial factor, its residual endomorphism is zero, and hence its cube-zero locus is the whole base. Let C C C be a smooth complex projective curve. If C ≃ P 1 C \simeq\mathbb{P}^1 C ≃ P 1 , the projective-bundle identity identifies each of its atoms with the atom of a point. If g ( C ) ≥ 1 g(C) \ge1 g ( C ) ≥ 1 , then K C K_C K C is nef, so [17 Lemma 5.24] shows that the maximal A A A -model F F F -bundle has a single atom. In the logarithmic formal model, this atom extends to the large-radius boundary. At the boundary point q β = 0 q^\beta= 0 q β = 0 , t = 0 t = 0 t = 0 , the defining formula of the quantum connection [17 §3.5] identifies the residual endomorphism with − c 1 ( T C ) ⌣ ( − ) -c_1(T_C) \smile(-) − c 1 ( T C ) ⌣ ( − ) . Its square vanishes for dimensional reasons, and hence so does its cube.
Let S S S be a smooth complex projective surface. Successive contractions of ( − 1 ) (-1) ( − 1 ) -curves reduce S S S to a minimal model S min S_{\min} S m i n . The blow-up identity for atomic chemical formulae shows that every atom of S S S is represented either by an atom of S min S_{\min} S m i n or by the atom of a point. If S min S_{\min} S m i n has Kodaira dimension − ∞ -\infty − ∞ , it is either P 2 \mathbb{P}^2 P 2 or a geometrically ruled surface. The projective-bundle identity then represents each of its atoms by an atom of a point or of a curve.
It remains to consider a minimal surface with non-negative Kodaira dimension. Its canonical divisor is nef. By the one-atom statement for varieties with nef canonical class in [17 Lemma 5.24] , the unique atom is represented by the maximal A A A -model F F F -bundle. Its logarithmic formal model extends to the large-radius boundary, where the defining formula of the A A A -model connection [17 §3.5] shows that the quantum product specialises to the ordinary cup product and the Euler element specialises to c 1 ( T S ) c_1(T_S) c 1 ( T S ) . Consequently,
κ 0 r e s = − c 1 ( T S ) ⌣ ( − ) . \kappa^{\mathrm{res}}_0 = -c_1(T_S) \smile(-). κ 0 res = − c 1 ( T S ) ⌣ ( − ) .
Three successive multiplications by a class of degree two land in cohomological degree at least six, but the cohomology of a surface vanishes in those degrees. Thus ( κ 0 r e s ) 3 = 0 (\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}_0)^3 = 0 ( κ 0 res ) 3 = 0 . In every case the atom therefore admits a geometric representative with a point in its cube-zero locus. The theorem makes no assertion that non-emptiness is preserved under an arbitrary change of representative in the transported atomic equivalence relation.
Corollary 11.17. Let X X X be a smooth complex projective fourfold, and let r \mathbf{r} r occur in C F G r e s ( X ) \mathrm{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X) CF G res ( X ) . Assume that every representative of r \mathbf{r} r has empty cube-zero locus. Then X X X is not rational.
Proof. By Theorem 11.16, an atom occurring in dimension at most two has at least one representative with non-empty cube-zero locus. The hypothesis therefore excludes every realisation of r \mathbf{r} r in dimension at most two, and Corollary 11.12 applies.
The corollary is deliberately stated uniformly over all representatives. A single empty cube-zero locus is sufficient only when the comparison map to every other representative is known to preserve emptiness, for example under an isomorphism or a surjective base change. The criterion is not asserted to be necessary.
The residual profile of a projective K3 surface
For a projective K 3 K3 K 3 surface, the preceding dimensional bound can be sharpened considerably. By cosection localisation, the ordinary virtual class of the moduli space of stable maps vanishes for every non-zero curve class; the non-trivial enumerative theory is the reduced theory [18 , 23 ] . The ordinary genus-zero quantum product entering the A A A -model F F F -bundle is therefore the classical cup product.
Let S S S be a projective K 3 K3 K 3 surface, write 1 ∈ H 0 ( S ) 1 \in H^0(S) 1 ∈ H 0 ( S ) for the unit and p ∈ H 4 ( S ) \mathrm{p} \in H^4(S) p ∈ H 4 ( S ) for the point class, and use coordinates t 0 t^0 t 0 and t 4 t^4 t 4 in these two directions. Coordinates in H 2 ( S ) H^2(S) H 2 ( S ) have Euler weight zero. Since c 1 ( T S ) = 0 c_1(T_S)=0 c 1 ( T S ) = 0 , the Euler element on the Hodge base is
E u = t 0 1 − t 4 p . (79) \mathrm{Eu}=t^0 1-t^4\mathrm{p}. \tag*{(79)} Eu = t 0 1 − t 4 p . (79)
Theorem 11.18. The maximal A A A -model F F F -bundle of a projective K 3 K3 K 3 surface has a single spectral branch. After scalar branch removal, its residual endomorphism is
κ r e s = t 4 L p , L p ( x ) = p ⌣ x . (80) \kappa^{\mathrm{res}}=t^4L_{\mathrm{p}},\qquad L_{\mathrm{p}}(x)=\mathrm{p}\smile x. \tag*{(80)} κ res = t 4 L p , L p ( x ) = p ⌣ x . (80) In particular,
( κ r e s ) 2 = 0 , rk κ r e s ≤ 1 \left(\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}\right)^2=0,\qquad\operatorname{rk}\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}\leq1 ( κ res ) 2 = 0 , rk κ res ≤ 1 identically on the Hodge base. The residual lattice stratification has the following two profiles
rk κ r e s = 0 on { t 4 = 0 } , rk κ r e s = 1 on { t 4 ≠ 0 } . \operatorname{rk}\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}=0\quad\text{on }\{t^4=0\},\qquad\operatorname{rk}\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}=1\quad\text{on }\{t^4\ne0\}. rk κ res = 0 on { t 4 = 0 } , rk κ res = 1 on { t 4 = 0 } .
Proof. Because the ordinary quantum product is the cup product, quantum multiplication by the Euler element (79) is
L E u = t 0 I − t 4 L p . L_{\mathrm{Eu}}=t^0I-t^4L_{\mathrm{p}}. L Eu = t 0 I − t 4 L p .
With the A A A -model connection convention used here, the residual endomorphism is κ ∇ = − L E u \kappa_{\nabla}=-L_{\mathrm{Eu}} κ ∇ = − L Eu ; hence
κ ∇ = − t 0 I + t 4 L p . \kappa_{\nabla}=-t^0I+t^4L_{\mathrm{p}}. κ ∇ = − t 0 I + t 4 L p .
The operator L p L_{\mathrm{p}} L p sends 1 1 1 to p \mathrm{p} p and annihilates H 2 ( S ) ⊕ H 4 ( S ) H^2(S)\oplus H^4(S) H 2 ( S ) ⊕ H 4 ( S ) . Thus L p 2 = 0 L_{\mathrm{p}}^2=0 L p 2 = 0 and rk L p = 1 \operatorname{rk}L_{\mathrm{p}}=1 rk L p = 1 . The characteristic polynomial of κ ∇ \kappa_{\nabla} κ ∇ is ( T + t 0 ) dim H ∙ ( S ) (T+t^0)^{\dim H^\bullet(S)} ( T + t 0 ) d i m H ∙ ( S ) , so the spectral cover has the single branch a = t 0 a=t^0 a = t 0 . Scalar residualisation adds t 0 I t^0I t 0 I to κ ∇ \kappa_{\nabla} κ ∇ and leaves (80) . If t 4 = 0 t^4=0 t 4 = 0 , the operator vanishes. If t 4 ≠ 0 t^4\ne0 t 4 = 0 , it is a non-zero scalar multiple of the rank-one map L p L_{\mathrm{p}} L p . This gives the two stated rank strata. □
Corollary 11.19. A residual family isomorphic to the standard maximal A A A -model residual representative of a projective K 3 K3 K 3 surface necessarily satisfies
( κ r e s ) 2 = 0 , rk κ r e s ≤ 1 \left(\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}\right)^2=0,\qquad\operatorname{rk}\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}\leq1 ( κ res ) 2 = 0 , rk κ res ≤ 1 throughout its base. Hence a residual family violating either bound is not isomorphic, as a residual family, to that standard K 3 K3 K 3 representative.
Proof. An isomorphism of residual families conjugates the residual endomorphisms fibrewise, so the assertion follows directly from Theorem 11.18. □
Corollary 11.20. Let X X X be a smooth complex projective fourfold and let r \mathbf{r} r occur in C F G r e s ( X ) \mathrm{CF}^{\mathrm{res}}_G(X) CF G res ( X ) . Assume that an independent Hodge-theoretic argument forces every surface realisation of r \mathbf{r} r to be a projective K 3 K3 K 3 surface. If every representative of r \mathbf{r} r violates at least one of the bounds
( κ r e s ) 2 = 0 , rk κ r e s ≤ 1 , \left(\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}\right)^2=0,\qquad\operatorname{rk}\kappa^{\mathrm{res}}\leq1, ( κ res ) 2 = 0 , rk κ res ≤ 1 , then X X X is not rational.
Proof. The hypotheses and Corollary 11.19 exclude every surface realisation of r \mathbf{r} r . The conclusion follows from Corollary 11.12. □
Benedetti–Manivel–Perrin compute the small quantum cohomology of Gushel–Mukai fourfolds, deduce that a very general Gushel–Mukai fourfold is not rational, and show that a rational Gushel–Mukai fourfold has the same rational cohomology as a K 3 K3 K 3 surface [1 ] . Their second conclusion makes the K 3 K3 K 3 bounds in Corollary 11.19 relevant to the special locus on which rationality is not excluded by their theorem for very general fourfolds. The criterion developed here does not reprove their irrationality theorem: an independent residual obstruction would still require computing the residual endomorphism on the relevant K 3 K3 K 3 -type spectral component and verifying the uniform hypotheses of Corollary 11.20. No new unconditional Gushel–Mukai irrationality statement is claimed in this paper.
Unit-direction descent of the A-model residual factors
Scalar branch splitting is already non-trivial along the universal coordinate of the cohomological unit. This direction occurs in the A-model base of every smooth projective variety and provides a test of the variable-branch formalism.
Let t 0 t^{0} t 0 denote the coordinate corresponding to the unit 1 ∈ H 0 ( X ) 1 \in H^{0}(X) 1 ∈ H 0 ( X ) , let
B X 0 : = { t 0 = 0 } ⊂ B X , p : B X ⟶ B X 0 B_{X}^{0}:=\{t^{0}=0\}\subset B_{X},\qquad p:B_{X}\longrightarrow B_{X}^{0} B X 0 := { t 0 = 0 } ⊂ B X , p : B X ⟶ B X 0
be the projection which forgets the unit coordinate, and write ( H X , ∇ X ) / B X (\mathcal{H}_{X},\nabla_{X})/B_{X} ( H X , ∇ X ) / B X for the A-model F F F -bundle. Locally on the remaining coordinates the base is the product A t 0 1 × B X 0 \mathbb{A}^{1}_{t^{0}}\times B_{X}^{0} A t 0 1 × B X 0 .
Theorem 11.21. The quantum product is pulled back from B X 0 B_{X}^{0} B X 0 . Moreover, H X ≅ p ∗ H X 0 \mathcal{H}_{X}\cong p^{*}\mathcal{H}_{X}^{0} H X ≅ p ∗ H X 0 and the A-model connection satisfies
∇ X = p ∗ ∇ X 0 + d ( t 0 / u ) I , (81) \nabla_{X}=p^{*}\nabla_{X}^{0}+d(t^{0}/u)I, \tag*{(81)} ∇ X = p ∗ ∇ X 0 + d ( t 0 / u ) I , (81) where ( H X 0 , ∇ X 0 ) (\mathcal{H}_{X}^{0},\nabla_{X}^{0}) ( H X 0 , ∇ X 0 ) denotes the restriction to t 0 = 0 t^{0}=0 t 0 = 0 . Let α \alpha α be a connected component of the unramified reduced spectral cover over B X 0 B_{X}^{0} B X 0 , with branch function a α , 0 a_{\alpha,0} a α , 0 . Its extension along the unit line has branch
a α = p ∗ a α , 0 + t 0 , (82) a_{\alpha}=p^{*}a_{\alpha,0}+t^{0}, \tag*{(82)} a α = p ∗ a α , 0 + t 0 , (82) and its residual factor descends:
Res a α ( H α , ∇ α ) ≅ p ∗ Res a α , 0 ( H α , 0 , ∇ α , 0 ) . (83) \operatorname{Res}_{a_{\alpha}}(\mathcal{H}_{\alpha},\nabla_{\alpha})\cong p^{*}\operatorname{Res}_{a_{\alpha,0}}(\mathcal{H}_{\alpha,0},\nabla_{\alpha,0}). \tag*{(83)} Res a α ( H α , ∇ α ) ≅ p ∗ Res a α , 0 ( H α , 0 , ∇ α , 0 ) . (83) In particular, the classifying morphism of the zero-branch residual factor is constant along the unit direction. Before scalar residualisation, the atomic F F F -bundle is not isomorphic, in the prescribed-lattice category, to the pullback of an F F F -bundle on B X 0 B_{X}^{0} B X 0 .
Proof. The unit axiom implies that the quantum product is independent of t 0 t^{0} t 0 and that multiplication by 1 1 1 is the identity. The A-model connection and Euler element are given by the standard formulae
∇ ∂ t 0 = ∂ t 0 + u − 1 I , ∇ ∂ u = ∂ u − u − 2 ( Eu ⋆ ( − ) ) + u − 1 Gr , \nabla_{\partial_{t^{0}}}=\partial_{t^{0}}+u^{-1}I,\qquad
\nabla_{\partial_{u}}=\partial_{u}-u^{-2}(\operatorname{Eu}\star(-))+u^{-1}\operatorname{Gr}, ∇ ∂ t 0 = ∂ t 0 + u − 1 I , ∇ ∂ u = ∂ u − u − 2 ( Eu ⋆ ( − )) + u − 1 Gr ,
and
Eu ( t 0 , b ) = Eu ( 0 , b ) + t 0 1 ; \operatorname{Eu}(t^{0},b)=\operatorname{Eu}(0,b)+t^{0}1; Eu ( t 0 , b ) = Eu ( 0 , b ) + t 0 1 ;
see [17 ] , Equations (3.30)–(3.31). All connection components tangent to B X 0 B_{X}^{0} B X 0 are therefore pulled back from the zero slice, whereas the two components involving t 0 t^{0} t 0 differ from their pullbacks by
d t 0 u I − t 0 u 2 d u I = d ( t 0 / u ) I . \frac{dt^{0}}{u}I-\frac{t^{0}}{u^{2}}\,du\,I=d(t^{0}/u)I. u d t 0 I − u 2 t 0 d u I = d ( t 0 / u ) I .
This proves (81) . The residual endomorphism is κ ∇ X = − L Eu \kappa\nabla_{X}=-L_{\operatorname{Eu}} κ ∇ X = − L Eu . Hence translating the Euler element by t 0 1 t^{0}1 t 0 1 translates every eigenvalue of κ ∇ X \kappa\nabla_{X} κ ∇ X by − t 0 -t^{0} − t 0 . Since a branch α \alpha α is defined by the eigenvalue − a -a − a , the branch functions satisfy (82) . Uniqueness of spectral decomposition identifies the corresponding spectral components along the unit line. Finally,
∇ α − d ( a α / u ) I = p ∗ ∇ α , 0 + d ( t 0 / u ) I − d ( ( p ∗ a α , 0 + t 0 ) / u ) I = p ∗ ( ∇ α , 0 − d ( a α , 0 / u ) I ) , \begin{aligned}
\nabla_{\alpha}-d(a_{\alpha}/u)I=p^{*}\nabla_{\alpha,0}+d(t^{0}/u)I-d\bigl((p^{*}a_{\alpha,0}+t^{0})/u\bigr)I \\
&=p^{*}\bigl(\nabla_{\alpha,0}-d(a_{\alpha,0}/u)I\bigr),
\end{aligned} ∇ α − d ( a α / u ) I = p ∗ ∇ α , 0 + d ( t 0 / u ) I − d ( ( p ∗ a α , 0 + t 0 ) / u ) I = p ∗ ( ∇ α , 0 − d ( a α , 0 / u ) I ) ,
which gives (83) . After residualisation, the component in the unit direction is ∂ t 0 \partial_{t^{0}} ∂ t 0 , so the residual factor is a pullback. Conversely, an isomorphism from the original connection to a pullback connection would, in the unit direction, have to solve
∂ t 0 g = − u − 1 g . \partial_{t^{0}}g=-u^{-1}g. ∂ t 0 g = − u − 1 g .
Thus g = e − t 0 / u g 0 g=e^{-t^{0}/u}g_{0} g = e − t 0 / u g 0 with g 0 g_{0} g 0 independent of t 0 t^{0} t 0 . The scalar factor e − t 0 / u e^{-t^{0}/u} e − t 0 / u is not holomorphic at u = 0 u=0 u = 0 and cannot preserve the prescribed lattice. Hence no such isomorphism exists in the F F F -bundle category, proving the final assertion. □ \square □
On the punctured u u u -disc, the same scalar exponential does remove d ( t 0 / u ) d(t^{0}/u) d ( t 0 / u ) . The obstruction is its failure to extend holomorphically across u = 0 u=0 u = 0 on the prescribed lattice. Thus Theorem 11.21 is not a change of holomorphic gauge inside the category of F F F -bundles; it is the variable scalar residualisation on the intrinsic lattice.
Corollary 11.22. Let X X X be a smooth projective Calabi–Yau variety, let b L R ∈ B X 0 b_{\mathrm{LR}}\in B_{X}^{0} b LR ∈ B X 0 denote the large-radius central point, and assume that the maximal A-model F F F -bundle has a single spectral branch. Write a X , 0 a_{X,0} a X , 0 for the branch on the slice t 0 = 0 t^{0}=0 t 0 = 0 . Then
a X = p ∗ a X , 0 + t 0 , a X , 0 ( b L R ) = 0. a_{X}=p^{*}a_{X,0}+t^{0},\qquad a_{X,0}(b_{\mathrm{LR}})=0. a X = p ∗ a X , 0 + t 0 , a X , 0 ( b LR ) = 0. In particular, the restriction of a X a_{X} a X to the unit line A t 0 1 × { b L R } \mathbb{A}^{1}_{t^{0}}\times\{b_{\mathrm{LR}}\} A t 0 1 × { b LR } is t 0 t^{0} t 0 . Scalar residualisation is the pullback of the zero-branch factor on t 0 = 0 t^{0}=0 t 0 = 0 .
Proof. The translation formula and the residual pullback statement are (82) and (83) . At the large-radius central point, the Euler element is c 1 ( T X ) c_1(T_X) c 1 ( T X ) [17 §3.5] ; it vanishes when K X ≃ O X K_X \simeq\mathcal{O}_X K X ≃ O X . Since the unique branch is the negative of the unique eigenvalue of the residual endomorphism, this gives a X , 0 ( b L R ) = 0 a_{X,0}(b_{\mathrm{LR}})=0 a X , 0 ( b LR ) = 0 . Restricting the translation formula to the unit line through b L R b_{\mathrm{LR}} b LR yields a X = t 0 a_X=t^0 a X = t 0 there. □
A projective illustration: the Pfaffian–Grassmannian pair
The determinantal strata record the nilpotent part of the vertical connection. At the formal large-radius boundary, the horizontal logarithmic residues retain a complementary piece of information: the classical divisor algebra. The comparison requires only the marking specified below.
Definition 11.23. Let X X X be a smooth projective variety whose maximal A A A -model F F F -bundle has a single spectral branch. Its rationally marked large-radius residual germ is the logarithmic formal germ of the branch-residual F F F -bundle along the large-radius boundary q β = 0 q^\beta=0 q β = 0 , centred at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , together with
(i) the rational Néron–Severi space NS ( X ) Q \operatorname{NS}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}} NS ( X ) Q , its ample cone and the corresponding logarithmic divisor directions;
(ii) the unit section 1 1 1 ;
(iii) the Poincaré pairing; and
(iv) the rational Z / 2 \mathbb{Z}/2 Z /2 -graded Hodge realisation retained by the chosen atomic enhancement.
Isomorphisms of such germs are required to preserve these markings and the logarithmic divisor directions.
This is a marked germ attached to a residual atom, rather than a new unmarked atomic equivalence relation or an integral Γ \Gamma Γ -corrected structure. It retains only the rational divisor lattice already used to construct the logarithmic A A A -model base in [17 §3.5] .
Proposition 11.24. Let X X X be a smooth projective Calabi–Yau threefold . The rationally marked large-radius residual germ determines the cubic form
C X ( D 1 , D 2 , D 3 ) : = ∫ X D 1 ⌣ D 2 ⌣ D 3 , D i ∈ NS ( X ) Q . C_X(D_1,D_2,D_3):=\int_X D_1\smile D_2\smile D_3,\qquad D_i\in\operatorname{NS}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}}. C X ( D 1 , D 2 , D 3 ) := ∫ X D 1 ⌣ D 2 ⌣ D 3 , D i ∈ NS ( X ) Q . Consequently, an isomorphism of rationally marked large-radius residual germs induces an isomorphism of the corresponding rational cubic spaces which preserves the ample cones.
Proof. For D ∈ NS ( X ) Q D\in\operatorname{NS}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}} D ∈ NS ( X ) Q , let ∂ D log \partial_D^{\log} ∂ D l o g denote the logarithmic vector field on the Novikov torus determined by D D D . The defining formula for the A A A -model connection is
∇ ∂ D log = ∂ D log + u − 1 L D ⋆ . \nabla_{\partial_D^{\log}}=\partial_D^{\log}+u^{-1}L_D^\star. ∇ ∂ D l o g = ∂ D l o g + u − 1 L D ⋆ .
where L D ⋆ L_D^\star L D ⋆ is quantum multiplication by D D D [17 §3.5] . At the formal boundary q β = 0 q^\beta=0 q β = 0 , t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , the quantum product specialises to the cup product, so the coefficient of u − 1 u^{-1} u − 1 becomes
L D ( x ) = D ⌣ x . L_D(x)=D\smile x. L D ( x ) = D ⌣ x .
On the Novikov slice t = 0 t=0 t = 0 , the Euler element of the A A A -model connection is c 1 ( T X ) c_1(T_X) c 1 ( T X ) [17 §3.5] ; it therefore vanishes identically when X X X is Calabi–Yau. The unique scalar branch and its logarithmic differentials consequently vanish on this slice. Scalar residualisation does not change the divisor residues at the formal large-radius boundary, and the marked residual germ recovers every operator L D L_D L D on rational cohomology. The unit and the Poincaré pairing then recover
C X ( D 1 , D 2 , D 3 ) = ⟨ L D 1 L D 2 L D 3 1 , 1 ⟩ . C_X(D_1,D_2,D_3)=\langle L_{D_1}L_{D_2}L_{D_3}1,1\rangle. C X ( D 1 , D 2 , D 3 ) = ⟨ L D 1 L D 2 L D 3 1 , 1 ⟩ .
All constructions are preserved by an isomorphism of marked germs, proving the final assertion. □
Proposition 11.25. Let X X X and Y Y Y be smooth projective Calabi–Yau threefolds of Picard rank one whose maximal A A A -model F F F -bundles have a single spectral branch . Let H X H_X H X and H Y H_Y H Y be the primitive ample generators of their Néron–Severi groups. If their rationally marked large-radius residual germs are isomorphic, then
( H X 3 H Y 3 ) ∈ ( Q > 0 ) 3 . \left(\frac{H_X^3}{H_Y^3}\right)\in(\mathbb{Q}_{>0})^3. ( H Y 3 H X 3 ) ∈ ( Q > 0 ) 3 . Equivalently, there exists c ∈ Q > 0 c\in\mathbb{Q}_{>0} c ∈ Q > 0 such that H X 3 = c 3 H Y 3 H_X^3=c^3H_Y^3 H X 3 = c 3 H Y 3 .
Proof. By Proposition 11.24, an isomorphism of marked residual germs induces an isomorphism
NS ( X ) Q ⟶ NS ( Y ) Q \operatorname{NS}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}}\longrightarrow\operatorname{NS}(Y)_{\mathbb{Q}} NS ( X ) Q ⟶ NS ( Y ) Q
that preserves the cubic forms and the ample cones. Both vector spaces are one-dimensional, so the primitive ample generator H X H_X H X must be sent to c H Y cH_Y c H Y for a uniquely determined c ∈ Q > 0 c\in\mathbb{Q}_{>0} c ∈ Q > 0 . Preservation of the cubic gives
H X 3 = ( c H Y ) 3 = c 3 H Y 3 . (84) H_X^3=(cH_Y)^3=c^3H_Y^3. \tag*{(84)} H X 3 = ( c H Y ) 3 = c 3 H Y 3 . (84)
Corollary 11.26. Let X X X be a Picard-rank-one Calabi–Yau threefold in the scope of Proposition 11.25 . For any non-zero rational ample class D ∈ N S ( X ) Q \mathrm{D} \in\mathrm{NS}(X)_{\mathbb{Q}} D ∈ NS ( X ) Q , the class
δ r e s ( X ) : = [ D 3 ] ∈ Q > 0 × / ( Q > 0 × ) 3 \delta_{\mathrm{res}}(X) := [\mathrm{D}^{3}] \in\mathbb{Q}_{>0}^{\times}/(\mathbb{Q}_{>0}^{\times})^{3} δ res ( X ) := [ D 3 ] ∈ Q > 0 × / ( Q > 0 × ) 3 is independent of the choice of D \mathrm{D} D and is an invariant of the rationally marked large-radius residual germ.
Proof. Any two non-zero rational ample classes are related by D ′ = c D \mathrm{D}' = c\mathrm{D} D ′ = c D for a unique c ∈ Q > 0 c \in\mathbb{Q}_{>0} c ∈ Q > 0 , and hence ( D ′ ) 3 = c 3 D 3 (\mathrm{D}')^{3} = c^{3}\mathrm{D}^{3} ( D ′ ) 3 = c 3 D 3 . Thus the displayed class is well-defined. An isomorphism of marked residual germs preserves the rational cubic space and the ample cone by Proposition 11.24 ; it therefore preserves this class modulo rational cubes. □
Let V V V be a seven-dimensional complex vector space. For a general seven-dimensional subspace W ⊂ ⋀ 2 V ∗ W \subset\bigwedge^{2}V^{*} W ⊂ ⋀ 2 V ∗ , let
X G r : = Gr ( 2 , V ) ∩ P ( Ann ( W ) ) X_{\mathrm{Gr}} := \operatorname{Gr}(2,V) \cap\mathbb{P}(\operatorname{Ann}(W)) X Gr := Gr ( 2 , V ) ∩ P ( Ann ( W ))
be the codimension-seven Grassmannian linear section, and let
X P f : = Pf ( V ) ∩ P ( W ) X_{\mathrm{Pf}} := \operatorname{Pf}(V) \cap\mathbb{P}(W) X Pf := Pf ( V ) ∩ P ( W )
be the dual Pfaffian linear section. Borisov and Căldăraru prove that both are smooth Calabi–Yau threefolds with h 1 , 1 = 1 h^{1,1}=1 h 1 , 1 = 1 , h 2 , 1 = 50 h^{2,1}=50 h 2 , 1 = 50 , and construct an equivalence
D b ( X G r ) ≃ D b ( X P f ) D^{b}(X_{\mathrm{Gr}}) \simeq D^{b}(X_{\mathrm{Pf}}) D b ( X Gr ) ≃ D b ( X Pf )
for dual general sections [6 ] . The cohomological Fourier–Mukai transform identifies the relevant odd rational Hodge structures; together with the common Tate-type even contribution, this yields isomorphic Z / 2 \mathbb{Z}/2 Z /2 -graded rational Hodge realisations in the sense used here [7 ] . Nevertheless, if H G r H_{\mathrm{Gr}} H Gr and H P f H_{\mathrm{Pf}} H Pf denote the primitive ample generators, then
H G r 3 = 42 , H P f 3 = 14 (85) H_{\mathrm{Gr}}^{3}=42,\qquad H_{\mathrm{Pf}}^{3}=14 \tag*{(85)} H Gr 3 = 42 , H Pf 3 = 14 (85)
by Rødland’s calculation [25 , 6 ] .
Theorem 11.27. Along the unit lines through their marked large-radius points, the unit-extended atomic F F F -bundles of X G r X_{\mathrm{Gr}} X Gr and X P f X_{\mathrm{Pf}} X Pf have the same non-constant scalar branch a = t 0 a=t^{0} a = t 0 . After scalar residualisation, their descended rationally marked large-radius residual germs are not isomorphic, although their Z / 2 \mathbb{Z}/2 Z /2 -graded rational Hodge realisations are isomorphic.
Proof. Because the canonical classes are trivial, each maximal A-model F F F -bundle has a single atomic factor and hence a single branch-residual factor [17 Lemma 5.24] . By Corollary 11.22, the restrictions of the two branches to the unit lines through the marked large-radius points are both t 0 t^{0} t 0 , and residualisation identifies their zero-branch factors with pullbacks from the slice t 0 = 0 t^{0}=0 t 0 = 0 . If the descended rationally marked residual germs were isomorphic, Corollary 11.26 would imply
H G r 3 H P f 3 = 42 14 = 3 ∈ ( Q > 0 × ) 3 . \frac{H_{\mathrm{Gr}}^{3}}{H_{\mathrm{Pf}}^{3}}=\frac{42}{14}=3\in(\mathbb{Q}_{>0}^{\times})^{3}. H Pf 3 H Gr 3 = 14 42 = 3 ∈ ( Q > 0 × ) 3 . Thus there would be c ∈ Q > 0 c\in\mathbb{Q}_{>0} c ∈ Q > 0 with c 3 = 3 c^{3}=3 c 3 = 3 . Write c = p / q c=p/q c = p / q in lowest terms with positive integers p , q p,q p , q . Then p 3 = 3 q 3 p^{3}=3q^{3} p 3 = 3 q 3 , so 3 ∣ p 3\mid p 3 ∣ p ; writing p = 3 p 1 p=3p_{1} p = 3 p 1 gives 9 p 1 3 = q 3 9p_{1}^{3}=q^{3} 9 p 1 3 = q 3 , hence 3 ∣ q 3\mid q 3 ∣ q , contradicting coprimality. Therefore 3 3 3 is not a rational cube, and the marked residual germs are not isomorphic. □
Corollary 11.28. The forgetful assignment from unit-extended, branch-labelled, rationally marked residual germs to their Z / 2 \mathbb{Z}/2 Z /2 -graded rational Hodge realisations is not injective. This already occurs for derived-equivalent Calabi–Yau threefolds of Picard rank one whose scalar branches have the same universal unit contribution and restrict to t 0 t^{0} t 0 along the marked large-radius unit lines.
Proof. The Pfaffian–Grassmannian pair in Theorem 11.27 has isomorphic Z / 2 \mathbb{Z}/2 Z /2 -graded rational Hodge realisations but non-isomorphic rationally marked residual germs, while both branches restrict to t 0 t^{0} t 0 along the marked large-radius unit lines. Hence the forgetful assignment is not injective.
This gives a projective example in which scalar residualisation acts non-trivially as a descent operation. The geometric distinction used in the proof is not new: the degrees in (85) , the derived equivalence and the non-birationality of the pair are already contained in [25 , 6 ] . What is new here is the structural interpretation. Before residualisation, the unit-extended connection contains the universal non-constant scalar contribution t 0 t^{0} t 0 and does not descend to the slice t 0 = 0 t^{0}=0 t 0 = 0 . The subtraction of d ( t 0 / u ) d(t^{0}/u) d ( t 0 / u ) removes this universal scalar direction and exposes the zero-branch factor on which the divisor cubic is recovered. For the two varieties, the branches have the same restriction t 0 t^0 t 0 along the marked large-radius unit lines; their separation occurs in the descended residual factors rather than in that universal unit contribution. No claim is made that the unmarked residual equivalence relation contains more information than the full atomic F F F -bundle of [17 ] ; rather, scalar residualisation supplies the decomposition used to isolate and compare the projective part of that information.
Residual lattices beyond monodromy
On the complex regular-singular locus, Deligne’s Riemann–Hilbert correspondence [9 ] gives a forgetful morphism
RH : M r s , C u n f r ⟶ LocSys \operatorname{RH}: \mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\mathrm{rs},\mathbb{C}} \longrightarrow\operatorname{LocSys} RH : M rs , C unfr ⟶ LocSys
which remembers the punctured local system and forgets the prescribed lattice.
Theorem 11.29. The isomorphism class of a prescribed residual lattice, and even its lattice Jordan profile, is not determined by its image under RH. There exists a one-parameter family in M r s , C u n f r \mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\mathrm{rs},\mathbb{C}} M rs , C unfr , admitting a flat total connection, whose local system is constant and trivial while its lattice Jordan profile is non-constant.
Proof. Let N ≠ 0 N \ne0 N = 0 satisfy N 2 = 0 N^2=0 N 2 = 0 , and let t t t be the coordinate on the parameter line. Consider the total connection
∇ = d + N u d t − t N u 2 d u . \nabla= d + \frac{N}{u}\,dt - \frac{tN}{u^2}\,du. ∇ = d + u N d t − u 2 tN d u .
Its vertical part defines a family in M r s , C u n f r \mathcal{M}^{\mathrm{unfr}}_{\mathrm{rs},\mathbb{C}} M rs , C unfr . The total connection is the family of Theorem 8.1 with R = 0 R=0 R = 0 and F = t N F=tN F = tN , hence it is flat. For fixed t t t , put G t = exp ( t N / u ) = I + t N / u G_t=\exp(tN/u)=I+tN/u G t = exp ( tN / u ) = I + tN / u . Since N 2 = 0 N^2=0 N 2 = 0 ,
G t − 1 d G t = − t N u 2 d u , G_t^{-1}dG_t=-\frac{tN}{u^2}\,du, G t − 1 d G t = − u 2 tN d u ,
and therefore ∇ t = G t − 1 d G t \nabla_t=G_t^{-1}dG_t ∇ t = G t − 1 d G t . Every punctured fibre has trivial monodromy. The intrinsic lattice is fixed, however, and
κ t r e s = u 2 ( ∇ t ) ∂ u ∣ u = 0 = − t N . \kappa_t^{\mathrm{res}}=u^2(\nabla_t)_{\partial_u}\big|_{u=0}=-tN. κ t res = u 2 ( ∇ t ) ∂ u u = 0 = − tN .
Thus its rank is zero at t = 0 t=0 t = 0 and equals rk N \operatorname{rk}N rk N for t ≠ 0 t\ne0 t = 0 . Each fibre is regular singular because it is meromorphically equivalent to the trivial logarithmic connection. Thus fibres with the same local system may have different residual lattice profiles. □
The residual moduli target therefore retains lattice information forgotten by the Betti local system. Together with Theorems 11.21 and 11.27 , this gives two complementary illustrations of the residual presentation. In the first, scalar residualisation removes the variable universal scalar branch and exposes a descended factor not determined by the Hodge realisation. In the second, a flat isomonodromic family has a constant local system but a varying prescribed lattice.
Rigidified charts and intrinsic residual atoms
Every geometric atomic factor has an intrinsic branch-residual presentation. For a complex analytic regular-singular residual germ, choosing an invariant full flag, an ordered frame, a triangular reduction and a locally constant ordered residue vector yields, by Theorem 9.2 , a classifying map
S ⟶ n ⊕ n . S \longrightarrow\mathfrak{n}\oplus\mathfrak{n}. S ⟶ n ⊕ n .
The descent results of § 7 give the transformation laws under re-framing, identify the flagged quotient, and determine the further fibre over the unflagged constituent. Thus the normal form for arbitrary spectra provides coordinates on rigidified regular-singular strata of the global residual target, while the residual atom itself is represented only after the corresponding frame-and-flag data have been forgotten. The definition of residual atoms and residual chemical formulae requires none of these rigidifications and does not require regular singularity. The unresolved global step is the descent problem formulated in Question 10.16 . It asks for an enhanced local model that retains comparison-lattice data, recovers the fixed-stratum quotient and the elementary wall charts, and is independent of the auxiliary comparison lattice. The present paper does not construct this stack, and none of the definitions or results on residual atoms depends on its existence. Dipartimento di Matematica, Università degli Studi di Bari Aldo Moro, Bari, Italy
Email address: mauricio.barros@uniba.it